Sec8 LHD

CAB AND CHASSIS ELECTRICAL 8-1
CAB AND CHASSIS ELECTRICAL

SECTION 8
Contents
GENERAL INFORMATION..................................... 8-2
General Information............................................. 8-2
Notes for Working on Electrical Items ................. 8-2
Symbols and Abbreviations ................................. 8-8
Parts for Electrical Circuit .................................. 8-11
Reading The Circuit Diagram ............................ 8-19
MAIN DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS ................... 8-22
Bulb Specifications ............................................ 8-22
Fuse and Fusible Link Location......................... 8-25
Reference Table of Fuse and Circuit Breaker ... 8-36
Relay Location................................................... 8-42
Diode Location................................................... 8-48
Reference Table of Grounding Point ................. 8-49
Grounding Point Location .................................. 8-49
Cable Harness Routing ..................................... 8-50
SYSTEM REPAIR ................................................. 8-54
Start and Charging ............................................ 8-54
QOS (Quick On Start) II System (4HF1 and 4JB1 En-
gine Model)........................................................ 8-68
Exhaust Brake System ...................................... 8-74
Exhaust Brake System and Engine Control ...... 8-84
Engine Stop System ........................................ 8-126
Headlight, Fog Light, Rear Fog Light and Cornering
Light................................................................. 8-133
Headlight Leveling ........................................... 8-159
Clearance Light, Taillight, License Plate Light and Illu-
mination Light .................................................. 8-168
Turn Signal Light, Hazard Warning Light, and Stop-
light .................................................................. 8-183
Horn, Backup Light and Backup Buzzer.......... 8-197
Dome Light and Key Remind Buzzer .............. 8-209
Power Door Lock ............................................. 8-219
Power Window................................................. 8-231
Windshield Wiper and Washer ........................ 8-247
Audio and Cigar Lighter................................... 8-266
Meter and Warning/indicator Light................... 8-274
Heater and Air Conditioning ............................ 8-330
Fuel Heater and Rear Heater .......................... 8-342
4WD Transfer (Vacuum Control) ..................... 8-348
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System, Without ASR) .. 8-354
ABS/ASR System ............................................ 8-363
Transmission Control System (Smoother)....... 8-368
Electronic Control Type PTO........................... 8-386
8-2 CAB AND CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
GENERAL INFORMATION
General Information Connecting The Battery Cable
The chassis electrical system is of 12-volt specifications Follow the disconnecting procedure in the reverse or-
with a negative ground polarity. der.
Wire sizes are appropriate to respective circuits, and Caution:
classified by color. (The classification of harnesses by Clean the battery terminal and apply a light coat of
color is shown on the circuit diagram for ease of harness grease to prevent terminal corrosion.
identification.)
The wire size is determined by load capacity and the
length of wire required.
The vehicle harnesses are: body harness, floor harness,
engine harness, frame front harness, frame rear har-
ness, rear body harness, dome light harness, door har-
ness and battery cable.
The harnesses are protected either by tape or corrugat-
ed tube, depending on harness location.
The circuit for each system consists of the power
source, wire, fuse, relay switch, load parts and ground,
all of which are shown on the circuit diagram.
In this manual, each electrical device is classified by
system. For major parts shown on the circuit based on
the circuit diagram for each system, a summary, diagno-
sis of troubles, inspection and removal and installation
procedures are detailed.
Notes for Working on Electrical Items N8A0002E
Battery Cable Connector Handling

Disconnecting The Battery Cable Disconnecting The Connectors
1. All switches should be in the “OFF” position. Some connectors have a tang lock to hold the connec-
2. Disconnect the battery ground cable 1. tors together during vehicle operation.
3. Disconnect the battery positive cable 2. Some tang locks are released by pulling them towards
you 1.
4. Disconnect the battery cable 3.
Other tang locks are released by pressing them forward
Caution: 2.
It is important that the battery ground cable be discon- Determine which type of tang lock is on the connector
nected first. being handled.
Disconnecting the battery positive cable first can result Firmly grasp both sides (male and female) of the con-
in a short circuit. nector.
Release the tang lock and carefully pull the two halves
of the connector apart.
N8A0001E
N8A0003E N8A0005E
Never pull on the wires to separate the connectors. Connector Inspection

This will result in wire breakage. Use a circuit tester to check the connector for continuity.
Insert the test probes from the connector wire side.
N8A0004E
N8A0006E
Connecting the Connector
Firmly grasp both sides (male and female) of the con-
nector. Be sure that the connector pins and pin holes
match. Be sure that both sides of the connector are
aligned with each other. Firmly but carefully push the
two sides of the connector together until a distinct click
is heard.
Never insert the circuit tester test probes into the con- Connector Pin Removal
nector open end to test the continuity. Broken or open Connector Housing Tang Lock Type
connector terminals will result. 1. Insert a slender shaft into the connector housing
open end.
2. Push the tang lock up (in the direction of the arrow
in the illustration). Pull the wire with pin free from
the wire side of the connector.
N8A0007E
Waterproof Connector Inspection

It is not possible to insert the test probes into the con-
nector wire side of a waterproof connector.
N8A0009E
Use one side of a connector 1 with its wires cut to make
the test. Connect the test connector 2 to the connector Pin Tang Lock Type
to be tested. Connect the test probes to the cut wires to
1. Insert a slender shaft into the connector housing
check the connector continuity.
open end.
2. Push the tang lock flat (toward the wire side of the
connector). Pull the wire with pin free from the wire
side of the connector.
N8A0008E
N8A0010E
Connector Pin Insertion Cable Harness
1. Check that the tang lock is fully up. When installing the parts, be careful not to pinch or
2. Insert the pin from the connector wire side. wedge the wiring harness.
Push the pin in until the tang lock closes firmly. All electrical connections must be kept clean and tight.
3. Gently pull on the wires to make sure that the con-
nector pin is firmly set in place.
N8A0013E
Use a grommet or guard tube to protect the wiring har-

N8A0011E ness from contacting a sharp edge or surface.
Parts Handling
Be careful when handling electrical parts. They should
not be dropped or thrown, because short circuit or other
damage may result.
N8A0014E
N8A0012E
Position the wiring harness with a enough clearance 1-2/2″ (40 mm) away from other splices, harness
from the other parts and guard the wiring harness with a branches, or connectors.
vinyl tube and clips to avoid direct contact. 3. Strip the insulation
When replacing a wire, use a wire of the same size
as the original wire. Check the stripped wire for
nicks or cut stands. If the wire is damaged, repeat
the procedure on a new section of wire. The two
stripped wire ends should be equal in length.
4. Crimp the Wires
Select the proper clip to secure the splice. To de-
termine the proper clip size for the wire being
spliced, follow the directions included with your
clips.
Select the correct anvil on the crimper. (On most
crimpers your choice is limited to either a small or
large anvil.) Overlap the two stripped wire ends
and hold them between your thumb and forefinger.
Then, center the splice clip under the stripped
wires and hold it in place.
N8A0015E
The wiring harness between engine and chassis should

be long enough to prevent chafing or damage due to
various vibrations.
N8A0017E
• Open the crimping tool to its full width and rest

one handle on a firm flat surface.
• Center the back of the splice clip on the proper
anvil and close the crimping tool to the point
N8A0016E where the back of the splice clip touches the
wings of the clip.
Splicing Wire
• Make sure that the clip and wires are still in the
1. Open the Harness correct position. Then, apply steady pressure
If the harness is taped, remove the tape. To avoid until the crimping tool closes.
wire insulation damage, use a sewing “seam rip-
per” (available from sewing supply stores) to cut
open the harness.
If the harness has a block plastic conduit, simply
pull out the desired wire.
2. Cut the wire
Begin by cutting as little wire off the harness as
possible. You may need the extra length of wire lat-
er if you decide to cut more wire off to change the
location of a splice. You may have to adjust splice
locations to make certain that each splice is at least
N8A0018E N8A0020E
Before crimping the ends of the clip, be sure that: 6. Tape the Splice
• The wires extend beyond the clip in each direc- Center and roll the splicing tape. The tape should
tion. cover the entire splice. Roll on enough tape to du-
plicate the thickness of the insulation on the exist-
• No strands of wire are cut loose, and
ing wires. Do not flag the tape. Flagged tape may
• No insulation is caught under the clip. not provide enough insulation, and the flagged
Crimp the splice again, once on each end. Do not ends will tangle with the other wires in the harness.
let the crimping tool extend beyond the edge of the
clip or you may damage or nick the wires.
N8A0021E
N8A0019E
5. Solder
Apply 60/40 rosin core solder to the opening in the
back of the clip. Follow the manufacturer's instruc-
tions for the solder equipment you are using.
If the wire does not belong in a conduit or other har- Symbol Meaning of Symbol
ness covering, tape the wire again. Use a winding
motion to cover the first piece of tape.
Switch
N8A5505E
Switch
(Normal close type)
N8A5506E
N8A0022E
Contact wiring
Symbols and Abbreviations
Symbols
N8A5507E
Symbol Meaning of Symbol
Battery
Fuse
N8A5508E
N8A5501E
Diode
Fusible link
N8A5509E
N8A5502E
Electronic Parts
Fusible link wire
N8A5510E
N8A5503E
Resistor
Switch
N8A5511E
N8A5504E
Symbol Meaning of Symbol Symbol Meaning of Symbol
Coil (inductor), solenoid,

Speaker
magnetic valve
N8A5512E N8A5519E
Buzzer Relay
N8A5513E N8A5520E
Circuit breaker Connector
N8A5514E N8A5521E
Bulb Light emitting diode
N8A5515E N8A5522E
Double filament bulb Reed switch
N8A5516E N8A5523E
Motor Condenser
N8A5517E N8A5524E
Variable register Rheo-

Horn
stat
N8A5518E N8A5525E
Symbol Meaning of Symbol
Vacuum switching valve
N8A5526E
Abbreviations
Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation

A Ampere (S) kW kilowatt
ABS Anti-lock brake system LH Left hand
ASM Assembly LWB Long wheel base
AC Alternating current M/T Manual transmission
A/C Air conditioner OD Over drive
ACC Accessories OPT Option
C/B Circuit breaker QOS Quick on start
CSD Cold start device RH Right hand
DIS Direct ignition system RR Rear
EBCM Electronic brake control module RWAL Rear wheel anti-lock brake system
ECGI Electronic control gasoline injection ST Start
ECM Electronic control module STD Standard
ECU Electronic control unit SW Switch
EFE Early fuel evaporation SWB Short wheel base
4X4 Four-wheel drive V Volt
FL Fusible link VSV Vacuum switching valve
FRT Front W Watt (S)
H/L Headlight WOT Wide open throttle
IC Integrated circuit W/ With
IG Ignition W/O Without
Parts for Electrical Circuit
Wiring
Wire Color
All wires have color-coded insulation.
Wires belonging to a system’s main harness will have a
single color. Wires belonging to a system’s subcircuits
will have a colored stripe. Striped wires use the following
code to show wire size and colors.
N8A5023E
Abbreviations are used to indicate wire color within a cir-

cuit diagram.
Refer to the following table.
Wire Color Coding
Color-Coding Meaning Color-Coding Meaning

B Black BR Brown
W White LG Light green
R Red GR Grey
G Green P Pink
Y Yellow LB Light blue
L Blue V Violet
O Orange
Distinction of Circuit by Wire Base Color
Base color Circuits Base color Circuits

B Starter circuit Y Instrument circuit
W Charging circuit
L, O, BR,
R Lighting circuit LG, GR, Other circuit
G Signal circuits P, LB, V
Wire Size
The size of wire used in a circuit is determined by the
amount of current (amperage), the length of the circuit,
and the voltage drop allowed. The following wire size
and load capacity, shown below, are specified by AWG
(American Wire Gauge) (Nominal size means approxi-
mate cross sectional area).
N8A0025E
Wire Size Table
Cross sectional area Outside diameter Allowable current AWG size

Nominal size
(mm2) (mm) (A) (cross reference)
0.3 0.372 1.8 9 22
0.5 0.563 2.0 12 20
0.85 0.885 2.2 16 18
1.25 1.287 2.5 21 16
2 2.091 2.9 28 14
3 3.296 3.6 37.5 12
5 5.227 4.4 53 10
8 7.952 5.5 67 8
15 13.36 7.0 75 6
20 20.61 8.2 97 4
Fuse, Fusible Link and Circuit Breaker

Fuse
Fuses are the most common form of circuit protection
used in vehicle wiring. A fuse is a thin piece of wire or
strip of metal encases in a glass or plastic housing. It is
wired in series with the circuit it protects. When there is
an overload of current in a circuit, such as a short of a
ground, the wire or metal strip is designed to burn out
and interrupt the flow of current. This prevents a surge
of high current from reaching and damaging other com-
ponents in the circuit.
Determine the cause of the overloaded before replacing
the fuse.
The replacement fuse must have the same amperage
specifications as the original fuse.
Never replace a blown fuse with a fuse of a different am-
perage specification.
Doing so can result in an electrical fire or other serious N8A0026E
circuit damage. A blown fuse is easily identified.
Fusible Link
The fusible link is primarily used to protect circuits where
high amounts of current flow and where is would not be
practical to use a fuse. For example, the starter circuit.
When a current overload occurs, the fusible link melts
open and interrupts the flow of current so as to prevent
the rest of the wiring harness from burning.
Determine the cause of the overload before replacing
the fusible link. The replacement fusible link must have
the same amperage specification as the original fusible
link.
Never replace a blown fusible link with fusible link of a
different amperage specification. Doing so can result in
an electrical fire or other serious circuit damage.
A blown fusible link is easily identified.
N8A0027E
Fusible Link Specifications
Type Rating Case Color Maximum Circuit Current (A)

Connector 30 A Pink 15
Connector 40 A Green 20
Bolted 50 A Red 25
Bolted 60 A Yellow 30
Bolted 80 A Black 40
Circuit Breaker Relay

The circuit breaker is a protective device designed to Battery and load location may require that a switch be
open the circuit when a current load is in excess of rated placed some distance from either component. This
breaker capacity. If there is a short or other type of over- means a longer wire and a higher voltage drop 1.
load condition in the circuit, the excessive current will The installation of a relay between the battery and the
open the circuit between the circuit breaker terminals. load reduces the voltage drop 2.
The reset knob pops out when the circuit is open. Push Because the switch controls the relay, amperage
the reset knob in place to restore the circuit after repair- through the switch can be reduced.
ing it.
N8A0029E
N8A0028E
Relay Specification, Configuration and Inspection
Name/ Rated voltage/ Name/ Rated voltage/

Internal circuit Internal circuit
Color Coil resistance Color Coil resistance
12 V/
Approx. 90 Ω
MR5C
Minimum
(1T)/
operating
Black
voltage: 7 V 12 V/
at 25°C (77°F) Approx. 23 Ω
MR82C/
Minimum
White
12 V/ operating
label
Approx. 90 Ω voltage: 7 V
MR5C at 20°C (68°F)
Minimum
(1T)/
operating
Brown
voltage: 10.5 V
at 25°C (77°F)
N8A0431E N8A0433E
24 V/
Approx. 266 Ω
MR5C
Minimum 1
(1T)/
operating 2 3 4
24 V/
Green
voltage: 16 V 5
Approx. 100 Ω
at 25°C (77°F) MR82C/
Minimum
Green
N8A0432E
operating N8A0434E
label
24 V/ (connector face) voltage: 16 V (connector face)
Approx. 266 Ω at 20°C (68°F)
MR5C
Minimum
(1T)/
operating
Grey
voltage: 20 V
at 25°C (77°F)
Check to see if Check to see if
The there is any conti- The there is any conti-
way nuity between the way nuity between the
relay terminals. relay terminals.
Result (When no voltage is Result
applied relay terminals 2 (When no voltage is
-4) applied relay terminals 4
Normal 3 -5 → continuity Normal -5)
1 -5 → No continuity 2 -3 → No continuity
Inspection
Inspec- (When minimum operat- Inspec-
tion tion (When minimum operat-
ing voltage is applied
relay terminals between
Abnormal Abnormal relay terminals between
2 -4)
4 -5)
3 -5 → continuity
2 -3 → No continuity
(When minimum operat-
Normal Normal relay terminals between
2 -4)
4 -5)
2 -3 → continuity
1 -5 → continuity
Name/ Rated voltage/

Internal circuit
Color Coil resistance
12 V/
ACM Approx. 120 Ω
13221 Minimum
M04/ operating
Black voltage: 8 V
at 25°C (77°F)
N8A5571E
24 V/
ACM Approx. 320 Ω
13222 Minimum
M01/ operating
Green voltage: 18 V
at 25°C (77°F) N8A5572E
(connector face)
Check to see if
The there is any conti-
way nuity between the
relay terminals.
Result (When no voltage is
applied relay terminals 3
- 5)
Normal 1 - 4 → continuity
1 - 2 → No continuity
Inspection
Inspec- (When minimum operat-
tion ing voltage is applied
Abnormal
3 - 5)
1 - 4 → continuity
Normal
3 - 5)
1 - 2 → continuity
Diode
Diode Specifications and Configurations
THERE SHOULD BE CONTINUITY IN

SHAPE MARK/ CONSTRUCTION CHECKING
EITHER A OR B WHEN A CIRCUIT
COLOR TESTER IS CONNECTED WITH
DIODE TERMINAL
TERMINAL NO.
2 1
CONNECTION A
BLACK PATTERN B
TERMINAL NO.
3 2 1
CONNECTION A
PATTERN
B
BLACK
TERMINAL NO.
3 2 1
A
CONNECTION
PATTERN
B
BLACK
TERMINAL NO.
4 4 3 2 1
3 A
2 CONNECTION
PATTERN
1
B
BLACK
N8A0032E
Maximum Rating (Temp. = 25°C)
Items Rating Remarks

Peak reverse voltage 400 V
Transient peak reverse voltage 500 V
Average output current 1.5 A Temp. = 40°C
Working ambient temperature −30°C — 80°C
Storage temperature −40°C — 100°C
Connector Connector is identified with a number.
The connector pin shape determines whether the con-
nector is male or female.
The connector housing configuration does not deter-
mine whether a connector is male or female.
N8A0035E
The applicable terminal number is shown for each con-

nector.
N8A0033E
The symbol illustrated in the figure is used as connector,

in the circuit of this section.
N8A0036E
Connector terminal numbers are clearly shown.

Male side connector terminal numbers are in sequence
N8A0034E
from upper right to lower left.
Female side connector terminal numbers are in se-
quence from upper left to lower right.
The connectors used for relays have their own terminal
number assignment, irrespective of the above rule.
N8A0037E
Notice: N8A5038E
For those connectors on which specific terminal num-
bers or symbols are shown (such as ECM), the terminal
numbers or symbols are used in the circuit diagram, ir-
respective of the above rule.
N8A0038E
Reading The Circuit Diagram
In this manual, each system has its own parts location illustration, circuit diagram and connector configuration used
in the circuit diagram.
Parts Location
The parts location shows the location of the parts 1 and the connector 2 used in each harness routing 3.
N8A0040E
Circuit Diagram
The circuit diagram shows the power supply 4 the load or loads 5 and the grounding point(s) 6.
N8A5040E
Connector List
The connector list shows each connectors' configuration 7 and the pin number 8.
No. Connector Face No. Connector Face

7
8
B-341 1 E-5
2
002-009 000-009
B-232 1 E-16 1 2
2
002-009 002-014
1 2 3 5
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 E-110 4
6 7 8 9
014-001 009-003
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 E-76 1 2
7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4
012-003
N8A0430E
Connector Symbol
Connector Connector
Harness name Harness name
Symbol Symbol
B Body harness L Dome Light harness
D Door harness N Floor harness (LH & RH)
E Engine harness P Battery harness
H For joint between harnesses R Rear body harness
J Front frame & Rear frame harness
MAIN DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

Bulb Specifications
Dome light
Backup light
License plate light Stoplight/

Taillight
Turn signal
light
Headlight Turn signal light
Fog light
Cornering light / Clearance light
N8A0475E
Light Name Rated Power No. of Bulb Lens Color Remarks

60 W / 55 W 2 12 V
Halogen Headlight Clear
75 W / 70 W 2 24 V
Front combi- Turn signal light 21 W 2 Amber 12 V, 24 V
nation light Cornering light / Clearance light 21 W / 5 W 2 Clear 12 V, 24 V
55 W 12 V
Front 2 Clear
Fog light 70 W 24 V
Rear 21 W 1 Red 12 V, 24 V
Rear Stoplight / Taillight 21 W / 5 W 2 Red 12 V, 24 V

combination Turn signal light 21 W 2 Amber 12 V, 24 V
light
Backup light 21 W 2 Clear 12 V, 24 V
License plate light 5W 1 Clear 12 V, 24 V
Dome light 10 W 1 White 12 V, 24 V
Roof marker light 5W 2 White 24 V
Side turn signal light 21 W 2 Amber 24 V
Rated Power
Light Name Except No. of Bulb Remarks
4HK1-TC
4HK1-TC
1.4 W — 12 V
Glow 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Engine oil pressure 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Fuel sedimenter 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Brake fluid level / Parking brake 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Charge 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
Exhaust brake 2W — 1 12 V
1.4 W — 12 V
High beam 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Turn signal 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
Indicator / 2W — 12 V
Fuel level 1
Warning 1.8 W 1.8 W 24 V
Light
(In the meter 2W — 12 V
Seat belt 1
assembly) 1.8 W 1.8 W 24 V
4WD 1.8 W 1.8 W 1 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Rear fog 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Brake booster 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
ABS 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
Check engine 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
1.4 W — 12 V
P.T.O. 1
1.4 W 1.8 W 24 V
Smoother — LED 1 24 V
1st start — LED 1 24 V
ECONO — LED 1 24 V
ASR — 1.8 W 1 24 V
Rated Power
Light Name Except No. of Bulb Remarks
4HK1-TC
4HK1-TC
Illumination light for meter 3.4 W 12 V
1
assembly 3W 24 V
2W 12 V
Hazard warning Switch 1
1.8 W 24 V
2W 12 V
Dome light switch 1
1.8 W 24 V
2W 12 V
Illumination Front fog light switch 1
1.8 W 24 V
Rear fog light For indicator 60 mA 1
12 V
switch For illumination 60 mA 1
1.4 W 12 V
Cigar lighter 1
1.8 W 24 V
Heater bezel 1.4 W 1
Ashtray 1.4 W 1
Fuse and Fusible Link Location
Fuse and Circuit Breaker
Fuse puller
Spare fuse
Fuse( F-25 - F-28 )
Fuse label
Fuse( F-1 - F-24 )
Relay box
(Installed on the left side rear of the cab)
Fuse( F-29 - F-31 ) Relay box No. 2
N8A0531E
Fuse Label-for 12 Volt (4JB1) 10 A

TURN LIGHT
10 A (11)
AIR CON
(1) 10 A
H/LAMP LEVEL
(12)
15 A
EXH. BRAKE, FUEL HEATER
(2) (13) —
15 A (14) —
REAR HEATER
(3) 15 A
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR LIGHTER
15 A (15)
AUDIO (B), DOOR LOCK
(4)
10 A
METER
10 A (16)
STOP LIGHT
(5)
(17) —
10 A (18) —
FRT FOG LIGHT, CORNERING LAMP
(6)
15 A
10 A HORN, HAZARD
TAIL LIGHT (19)
(7)
10 A
10 A ABS (IG)
EGR (20)
(8)
15 A
10 A GENERATOR
FUEL CUT (21)
(9)
10 A
15 A STARTER
FRONT WIPER & WASHER (22)
(10)
10 A
HEAD LIGHT RH
(23)
10 A 10 A
HEAD LIGHT LH HEAD LIGHT RH
(24) (23)
15 A 10 A
MARKER LAMP HEAD LIGHT LH
(25) (24)
15 A 15 A
COND. FAN MARKER LAMP
(26) (25)
10 A (26) —
RR FOG
(27)
10 A
RR FOG
(28) — (27)
(28) —
Fuse Label-for 12 Volt (4HG1 / 4HE1)
10 A Fuse Label-for 12 Volt (4JH1)

AIR CON
(1) 10 A
AIR CON
15 A (1)
EXH. BRAKE
(2)
15 A
FUEL HEATER
(3) — (2)
15 A 15 A
AUDIO (B), DOOR LOCK REAR HEATER
(4) (3)
10 A 15 A
STOP LIGHT AUDIO (B), DOOR LOCK
(5) (4)
(6) — 10 A
STOP LIGHT
(5)
10 A
TAIL LIGHT
(7) 10 A
10 A (6)
(8) 10 A
TAIL LIGHT
(7)
10 A
ENG.(IG)
(9) 15 A
ENG.(B1)
(8)
15 A
FRONT WIPER & WASHER
(10) 15 A
ENG.(B2)
(9)
10 A
TURN LIGHT
(11) 15 A
FRONT WIPER & WASHER
(12) — (10)
10 A
10 A TURN LIGHT
ENG. STOP (11)
(13)
10 A
(14) — H/LAMP LEVEL
(12)
15 A
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR LIGHTER (13) —
(15)
(14) —
10 A
METER
(16) 15 A
(15)
(17) —
(18) — 10 A
METER
(16)
15 A
ENG.(B) (17) —
(19)
(18) —
15 A
HORN, HAZARD
(20) 15 A
HORN, HAZARD
(21) — (19)
10 A
10 A ABS (IG)
STARTER (20)
(22)
(21) — 15 A
GENERATOR
(18)
10 A
STARTER
(22) 15 A
ENG. (B)
(19)
10 A
HEAD LIGHT RH
(23) 15 A
HORN, HAZARD
10 A (20)
HEAD LIGHT LH
(24) 10 A
ABS (IG)
(21)
15 A
MARKER LAMP
(25) 10 A
STARTER
(22)
15 A
COND. FAN
(26) 10 A
HEAD LIGHT RH
10 A (23)
RR FOG
(27) 10 A
HEAD LIGHT LH
(24)
(28) —
15 A
Fuse Label-for 24 Volt (4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1) MARKER LAMP
(25)
15 A 15 A
HEATER, AIR CON COND. FAN
(1) (26)
10 A 10 A
EXH. BRAKE, FUEL HEATER RR FOG
(2) (27)
15 A (28) —
REAR HEATER
(3) 20 A
PTO
15 A (29)
(4) 10 A
PTO
10 A (30)
STOP LIGHT
(5) 10 A
PTO
20 A (31)
POWER WINDOW
(6)
Fuse Label-for 24 Volt (4HK1)
10 A
TAIL LIGHT
(7) 15 A
HEATER, AIR CON
(1)
10 A
(8) 10 A
FUEL HEATER
ENG. (IG) (2)
10 A
(9) 15 A
FUEL CUT REAR HEATER
(3)
15 A
FRONT WIPER & WASHER 15 A
(10) AUDIO (B), DOOR LOCK
(4)
10 A
TURN LIGHT 10 A
(11) STOP LIGHT
(5)
10 A
H/LAMP LEVEL 20 A
(12) POWER WINDOW
(6)
10 A
ENG. STOP 10 A
(13) TAIL LIGHT
(7)
(14) —
10 A
15 A FRT FOG LIGHT
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR LIGHTER (8)
(15)
10 A
10 A ENG. (IG)
METER (9)
(16)
15 A
(17) — FRONT WIPER & WASHER
(10)
10 A
TURN LIGHT
(11)
10 A
H/LAMP LEVEL
(12)
10 A
NEES (B)
(13)
(14) —
15 A
(15)
10 A
METER
(16)
10 A NEES (IG)
(17) HSA
10 A
SRS
(18)
10 A
ENG. (BACK UP) HSA
(19)
15 A
HORN, HAZARD
(20)
10 A
ABS (IG)
(21)
10 A
STARTER
(22)
10 A
HEAD LIGHT RH
(23)
10 A
HEAD LIGHT LH
(24)
15 A
MARKER LAMP
(25)
15 A
COND. FAN
(26)
10 A
RR FOG
(27)
10 A
ECM. ENG.
(28)
Notice:
The fuse numbers (1) — (31) indicated on the fuse la-
bels are expressed as F-1 — F-31 in the circuit dia-
grams of this manual.
Fusible Link
Relay box
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
Fusible link
Fusible link
PULLER
FUSE
26 25
N8A0047E
For 12 Volt (4JB1) 60 A

ABS
100 A (9)
MAIN
(1)
50 A 30 A
KEY HEATER
(2) (25)
60 A 30 A
GLOW POWER WINDOW
(3) (26)
30 A
HEAD LAMP For 12 Volt (4HG1 / 4HE1)
(4)
(5) — 100 A
MAIN
(1)
(6) —
50 A
(7) — KEY
(2)
60 A
STARTER 60 A
(8) GLOW
(3)
30 A (7) —
HEAD LAMP
(4)
60 A
STARTER
(5) — (8)
(6) — 40 A
ABS
(7) — (9)
60 A For 24 Volt (4HK1)

STARTER
(8)
100 A /
(9) — 120 A MAIN
(1)
30 A 40 A
HEATER KEY
(25) (2)
30 A 60 A
POWER WINDOW GLOW
(26) (3)
30 A
For 12 Volt (4JH1) HEAD LAMP
(4)
100 A 40 A
MAIN ECM. ENG.
(1) (5)
50 A 60 A
KEY CERAMIC HEATER
(2) (6)
60 A 60 A
GLOW NEES
(3) (7)
30 A 60 A
HEAD LAMP STARTER
(4) (8)
(5) — 40 A
ABS
(6) — (9)
(7) —
60 A Notice:
STARTER
(8) The fusible link numbers (1) — (26) are expressed as
FL-1 — FL-26 in the circuit diagrams of this manual.
60 A
ABS
(9)
30 A
HEATER
(25)
30 A
POWER WINDOW
(26)
For 24 Volt (4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1)
100 A /
120 A MAIN
(1)
40 A
KEY
(2)
60 A
GLOW
(3)
30 A
HEAD LAMP
(4)
(5) —
(6) —
Fuse Block Circuit
For 12 Volt-4JB1 Engine
GENERATOR B
FL-25 INDICATION ON LABEL

FL-1 30A
MAIN HEATER
100A
FL-26
30A
POWER WINDOW
HEATER &
A/C RELAY F-1 10A
AIR CON
F-2 15A
EXH.BRAKE
CHARGE
RELAY
WARNING
F-3 15A
RELAY
REAR HEATER
F-4 15A
GENERATOR F-5 10A
MARKER
INDICATION ON LABEL LIGHT STOP LIGHT
RELAY MARKER LIGHT F-6 10A
F-25 15A TAIL FRT FOG LIGHT, CORNERING LAMP
MARKER LAMP RELAY F-7 10A
F-26 15A TAIL LIGHT
COND. FAN F-8 10A
REAR FOG COMBINATION EGR
RELAY SWITCH F-9
F-27 10A 10A
RR FOG REAR FOG FUEL CUT
F-10 15A
F-28 KEY ON FRONT WIPER & WASHER
RELAY F-11 10A
TURN LIGHT
KEY SW OFF F-12 10A
FL-2
KEY H/LAMP LEVEL
ACC
50A F-13
ON
ST F-14
CONDENSER FAN F-15 15A

RELAY
F-16 10A
METER
CONDENSER FAN F-17
FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

GLOW RELAY
60A
GLOW PLUG F-19 15A
HORN, HAZARD
FL-4 F-20 10A
HEAD LAMP
30A ABS (IG)
F-21 15A
GENERATOR
F-22 10A
HEAD LIGHT STARTER
RELAY F-23 10A
FL-8 STARTER
RELAY
HEAD LIGHT RH
STARTER
60A F-24 10A
STARTER
HEAD LIGHT LH
COMBINATION SWITCH
FL-9
ABS
60A
ABS UNIT
N8A0506E
For 12 Volt-4HG1 / 4HE1 Engine
GENERATOR B

FL-1 30A
MAIN HEATER
100A
FL-26
30A
POWER WINDOW
HEATER &
A/C RELAY F-1 10A
AIR CON
F-2 15A
EXH.BRAKE
CHARGE
RELAY
EXH. BRAKE
WARNING
F-3
RELAY
F-4 15A
GENERATOR F-5 10A
MARKER
RELAY MARKER LIGHT F-6
F-25 15A TAIL
F-26 TAIL LIGHT
F-8 10A
REAR FOG COMBINATION FRT FOG LIGHT, CORNERING LAMP
RELAY SWITCH F-9
F-27 10A 10A
RR FOG REAR FOG ENG. (IG)
F-10 15A
RELAY F-11 10A
TURN LIGHT
KEY SW OFF F-12
FL-2
KEY ACC
50A F-13
ON 10A
ENG. STOP
ST F-14
F-15 15A
F-16 10A
METER
F-17
FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

GLOW RELAY
60A
GLOW PLUG F-19 15A
ENG. (B)
FL-4 F-20 15A
HEAD LAMP
30A HORN, HAZARD
F-21
F-22 10A
HEAD LIGHT STARTER
RELAY F-23 10A
FL-8 STARTER
RELAY
HEAD LIGHT RH
STARTER
60A F-24 10A
STARTER
HEAD LIGHT LH
COMBINATION SWITCH
FL-9
N8A0507E
For 12 Volt-4JH1 Engine
GENERATOR B

FL-1 30A
MAIN HEATER
100A
FL-26
30A
POWER WINDOW
HEATER &
A/C RELAY F-1 10A
AIR CON
F-2 15A
HEATER
CHARGE
RELAY
FUEL HEATER
WARNING
F-3 15A
RELAY
REAR HEATER
F-4 15A
GENERATOR F-5 10A
MARKER
F-25 15A TAIL FRT FOG LIGHT, CORNERING LAMP
F-26 15A TAIL LIGHT
COND. FAN F-8 15A
REAR FOG COMBINATION ENG. (B1)
RELAY SWITCH F-9
F-27 10A 15A
RR FOG REAR FOG ENG. (B2)
F-10 15A
RELAY F-11 10A
TURN LIGHT
KEY SW OFF F-12 10A
FL-2
KEY H/LAMP LEVEL
ACC
50A F-13
ON
ST F-14

RELAY
F-16 10A
METER
CONDENSER FAN F-17
FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

GLOW RELAY
60A
GLOW PLUG F-19 15A
HORN, HAZARD
FL-4 F-20 10A
HEAD LAMP
30A ABS (IG)
F-21
F-22 10A
HEAD LIGHT STARTER
RELAY F-23 10A
FL-8 STARTER
RELAY
HEAD LIGHT RH
STARTER
60A F-24 10A
STARTER
HEAD LIGHT LH
COMBINATION SWITCH
FL-9
ABS
60A
ABS UNIT
N8A0508E
For 24 Volt-4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1 Engine
GENERATOR B
INDICATION ON LABEL
FL-1
FL-25
MAIN
100A or 120A
FL-26
HEATER &
A/C RELAY F-1 15A
HEATER, AIR CON
F-2 10A
EXH.BRAKE
CHARGE
RELAY
WARNING
F-3 15A
RELAY
REAR HEATER
F-4 15A
GENERATOR F-5 10A
MARKER
F-25 15A TAIL POWER WINDOW
F-26 15A TAIL LIGHT
COND. FAN F-8 10A
REAR FOG COMBINATION FRT FOG LIGHT, CORNERING LAMP
RELAY SWITCH F-9
F-27 10A 10A ENG. (IG)
REAR FOG
RR FOG FUEL CUT
F-10 15A
RELAY F-11 10A
TURN LIGHT
KEY SW OFF F-12 10A
FL-2
KEY H/LAMP LEVEL
ACC
40A F-13 10A
ON
ENG. STOP
ST F-14

RELAY
F-16 10A
METER
CONDENSER FAN F-17
FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18 15A

GLOW RELAY GENERATOR
60A
GLOW PLUG F-19 15A
ENG. (B)
FL-4 F-20 15A
HEAD LAMP
30A HORN, HAZARD
F-21 10A
ABS (IG)
FL-8 STARTER F-22 10A
STARTER RELAY
60A HEAD LIGHT STARTER
STARTER RELAY F-23 10A
HEAD LIGHT RH
FL-9
F-24 10A
ABS COMBINATION
40A
SWITCH
HEAD LIGHT LH
ABS UNIT F-29 20A
PTO
F-30 10A
PTO
F-31 10A
PTO
N8A0509E
For 24 Volt-4HK1 Engine
GENERATOR B
INDICATION ON LABEL
FL-25
FL-1
MAIN
100A or 120A
FL-26
HEATER &
A/C RELAY F-1 15A
HEATER, AIR CON
F-2 10A
HEATER
CHARGE
RELAY
FUEL HEATER
WARNING
F-3 15A
RELAY
REAR HEATER
METER F-4 15A
(BOOST IND)
GENERATOR F-5 10A
MARKER
F-25 15A TAIL POWER WINDOW
F-26 15A TAIL LIGHT
COND. FAN F-8 10A
REAR FOG COMBINATION FRT FOG LIGHT
RELAY SWITCH F-9
F-27 10A 10A
RR FOG REAR FOG ENG. (IG)
F-10 15A
F-28 10A KEY ON FRONT WIPER & WASHER
ECM. ENG. RELAY F-11 10A
TURN LIGHT
FL-2 KEY SW OFF F-12 10A
KEY ACC H/LAMP LEVEL
40A F-13
ON 10A
NEES (B)
ST
F-14
CONDENSER FAN
RELAY
F-15 15A
F-16 10A
CONDENSER FAN
METER
FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-17 10A
GLOW RELAY NEES (IG)
60A HSA
GLOW PLUG F-18
FL-4
SRS
F-19 10A
HEAD LAMP ECM
30A ENG. (BACK UP) HSA
F-20 15A
FL-5 ECM MAIN HORN, HAZARD
ECM. ENG. RELAY F-21 10A
40A
ECM ABS (IG)
ECM F-22 10A
FL-6
HEAD LIGHT STARTER
CERAMIC HEATER RELAY
60A F-23 10A
CERAMIC HEATER HEAD LIGHT RH
FL-7 F-24 10A
GEAR SHIFTER
NEES RELAY COMBINATION SWITCH HEAD LIGHT LH
60A
TCM
TCM
FL-8 STARTER
STARTER RELAY
60A
STARTER
STARTER CUT
RELAY
FL-9
ABS ECM
40A ECM
ABS UNIT
NEUTRAL SWITCH N8A0510E

Reference Table of Fuse and Circuit Breaker
Fuse
12 Volt 4JB1 Engine
Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Main parts (Load)

A/C switch, A/C thermo relay, Pressure switch, Magnetic
F-1 10 A AIR CON
clutch, VSV: FICD, Electronic thermostat
EXH. BRAKE, FUEL Exhaust brake switch, Exhaust brake control relay, Exhaust
F-2 15 A
HEATER brake magnetic valve, Clutch switch, Accel switch, Fuel heater
F-3 15 A REAR HEATER Rear heater, Rear heater switch
Radio & clock, Dome light switch, Dome light, Door switch
AUDIO (B), DOOR (RH & LH), Door lock switch, Door lock actuator, Door lock
F-4 15 A
LOCK controller, Speedometer, Key cylinder switch, Key remind
buzzer
F-5 10 A STOP LIGHT Stoplight switch, Stoplight
FRT FOG LIGHT, Fog light switch, Fog light, Lighting switch, Cornering light
F-6 10 A
CORNERING LAMP relay, Cornering light, Cornering light switch
F-7 10 A TAIL LIGHT Tail relay, Illumination light(s), Clearance light(s), Tail light(s)
F-8 10 A EGR ECM ignition
F-9 10 A FUEL CUT Fuel cut solenoid
FRONT WIPER & Wiper & Washer switch, Wiper motor, Washer motor, Intermit-
F-10 15 A
WASHER tent relay
Flasher unit, Front turn signal light, Rear turn signal light, Turn
F-11 10 A TURN LIGHT
signal light switch, Hazard warning switch
F-12 10 A H/LAMP LEVEL Headlight leveling switch, Headlight leveling motor (actuator)
F-13 — — —
F-14 — — —
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR
F-15 15 A Radio, Cigar lighter
LIGHTER
Exhaust brake control relay, CSD Relay, Key remind buzzer,
Backup light switch, Backup light, Neutral switch, Starter relay,
QOS-II controller, QOS-III controller, Glow relay, Glow-1 relay,
F-16 10 A METER Glow-2 relay, Glow indicator (Meter), Coolant temperature
gauge, Thermo unit, Vehicle speed sensor (Installed on the
meter assembly & Transmission), Meter assembly, Power
window relay, Cornering light relay
F-17 — — —
F-18 — — —
Horn, Horn relay, Horn switch, Flasher unit, Hazard warning
F-19 15 A HORN, HAZARD
switch
F-20 10 A ABS (IG) ABS
F-21 15 A GENERATOR Generator
F-22 10 A STARTER Starter relay, QOS-II controller, QOS-III controller
F-23 10 A HEAD LIGHT RH Headlight (RH), Dimmer relay, High beam indicator light
F-24 10 A HEAD LIGHT LH Headlight (LH), Dimmer relay
F-25 15 A MARKER LAMP Marker light, Marker light relay
F-26 15 A COND. FAN Condenser fan
F-27 10 A RR FOG Rear fog light switch, Rear fog light relay

F-28 — — —
12 Volt 4HG1 / 4HE1 Engine

F-1 10 A AIR CON
Exhaust brake switch, Exhaust brake control relay, Exhaust
F-2 15 A EXH. BRAKE
brake magnetic valve, Clutch switch, Accel switch
F-3 — — —
F-4 15 A
buzzer
F-6 — — —
F-8 10 A
F-9 10 A ENG. (IG) ECM ignition
F-10 15 A
WASHER tent relay
F-12 — — —
F-13 10 A ENG. STOP Engine stop motor
F-14 — — —
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR
LIGHTER
Backup light switch, Backup light, Inhibitor switch, Neutral
switch, Starter relay, QOS-II controller, QOS-III controller,
F-16 10 A METER Glow relay, Glow-1 relay, Glow-2 relay, Glow indicator (Meter),
Coolant temperature gauge, Thermo unit, Vehicle speed sen-
sor (Installed on the meter assembly & Transmission), Meter
assembly, Power window relay, Cornering light relay
F-17 — — —
F-18 — — —
F-19 15 A ENG. (B) ECM battery
switch
F-21 — — —
Starter relay, Inhibitor switch, QOS-II controller, QOS-III con-
F-22 10 A STARTER
troller

F-26 — — —
F-28 — — —
12 Volt 4JH1 Engine

F-1 10 A AIR CON
F-2 15 A FUEL HEATER Fuel heater
F-4 15 A
buzzer
F-6 10 A
F-8 15 A ENG. (B1) ECM battery
F-9 15 A ENG. (B2) ECM battery
F-10 15 A
WASHER tent relay
F-13 — — —
F-14 — — —
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR
LIGHTER
F-17 — — —
F-18 — — —
switch
F-21 — — —

F-28 — — —
24 Volt 4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1 Engine

Blower motor, Blower resistor, Fan switch, A/C switch, A/C
F-1 15 A HEATER, AIR CON thermo relay, Pressure switch, A/C cut relay, Thermo switch
(A/C cut), VSV: FICD, Electronic thermostat
EXH. BRAKE, FUEL Exhaust brake switch, Exhaust brake control relay, Exhaust
F-2 10 A
HEATER brake magnetic valve, Clutch switch, Accel switch, Fuel heater
F-4 15 A
buzzer
F-6 20 A POWER WINDOW Power window
F-8 10 A
ENG. (IG) ECM ignition (EXCEPT 4HF1-2)
F-9 10 A
FUEL CUT Fuel cut solenoid (4HF1-2)
F-10 15 A
WASHER tent relay
F-13 10 A ENG. STOP Engine stop motor
F-14 — — —
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR
LIGHTER
F-17 — — —
F-18 15 A GENERATOR Generator
F-19 15 A ENG. (B) ECM battery (4HG1-T)
switch

F-28 — — —
F-29 20 A PTO PTO main relay (Electronic control type PTO)
F-30 10 A PTO PTO cut relay (Electronic control type PTO)
F-31 10 A PTO PTO cut relay (Electronic control type PTO)
24 Volt 4HK1 Engine

Blower motor, Blower resistor, Fan switch, A/C switch, A/C
thermo relay, Pressure switch, VSV: FICD, Electronic thermo-
F-1 15 A HEATER, AIR CON
stat, A/C compressor, A/C thermo relay, Condenser fan, ECM
(A/C compressor SIG.)
Exhaust brake magnetic valve, Clutch switch, Accel switch,
F-2 10 A FUEL HEATER Fuel heater, VSV: Intake throttle, ABS (Exhaust brake SIG.),
Ceramic heater relay
F-4 15 A
buzzer, Side turn signal light(s)
Stoplight switch, Stoplight, ABS (Stop on SIG.), ECM (brake
F-5 10 A STOP LIGHT
on SIG.)
F-6 20 A POWER WINDOW Power window
Tail relay, Illumination light(s), Clearance light(s), Tail light(s),
F-7 10 A TAIL LIGHT
Roof marker light, License light(s), Marker light relay
Fog light switch, Fog light, Lighting switch, Cornering light
F-8 10 A FRT FOG LIGHT
relay, Cornering light, Cornering light switch
ECM (IG SIG.), Starter cut relay, ECM (Exhaust brake SIG.),
F-9 10 A ENG. (IG) Exhaust brake indicator, ECM (brake off SIG.), ECM (clutch
on SIG.), ALDL connector
F-10 15 A
WASHER tent relay
F-11 10 A TURN LIGHT signal light switch, Hazard warning switch, Side turn signal
light relay
F-13 10 A NEES (B) Smoother
F-14 — — —
AUDIO (IG), CIGAR
F-15 15 A Radio, Cigar lighter, Digital clock
LIGHTER

CSD Relay, Key remind buzzer, Backup light switch, Backup
light, Neutral switch, Starter relay, QOS-II controller, Glow
relay, Glow indicator (Meter), Coolant temperature gauge,
Thermo unit, Vehicle speed sensor (Installed on the meter
F-16 10 A METER
assembly & Transmission), Meter assembly, Power window
relay, Cornering light relay, Backup buzzer, ABS indicator
relay, Charge relay, Heater A/C relay, VSV: 2WD (4WD), VSV:
4WD (4WD), 4WD relay
NEES (IG) Smoother (IGN SIG.)
F-17 10 A
HSA —
F-18 — SRS —
F-19 10 A ENG. (BACK UP) HSA ECM (Back up)
switch, Turn light(s), Side turn signal light relay
F-21 10 A ABS (IG) ABS (IGN SIG.)
F-22 10 A STARTER Starter relay, QOS-II controller
F-28 10 A ECM. ENG. ECM
Relay Location
X-16 X-15 X-14 X-13
Relay box No.2
Relay box No.1
X-5 X-6 X-7 X-8 X-9 X-10 X-11 X-12
X-1 X-2 X-3 X-4
Relay box
X-18 X-19 X-20
X-22
X-23 X-24 X-25 X-26 X-27 X-28
X-21
N8A0054E
Relay List
❍: Standard, ❏: Option
X-1 X-2 X-3 X-4 X-5 X-6

Charge ABS Smoother
Key ON Horn Lamp Tail Dimmer
warning IND. main
NHR55 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NKR55 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NKR69 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
12 V NPR71 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NKR77 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❏ — ❍
NPR77 — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❏ — ❍
NKR77 for Taiwan — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NKR66 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NPR66 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❏ — ❍
NQR66 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❏ — ❍
NPR70 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NQR70 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NKR71 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
24 V NQR71
❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ ❏ — ❍
with turbocharger
NPS71 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NPR71 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
NQR71
❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — ❍
w/o turbocharger
NPR75 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — ❏ ❍
NQR75 ❍ — ❍ ❍ ❍ — ❏ ❍
X-7 X-8 X-9 X-10 X-11 X-12

Power Exh. Corner- Thermo Charge Heater
Heater Key ON
window brake ing lamp A/C warning & A/C
NHR55 ❏ ❏ — ❍ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NKR55 ❏ ❏ — ❍ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NKR69 ❏ ❏ — ❍ ❏ ❍ — ❍
12 V NPR71 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NKR77 ❏ — — ❏ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NPR77 ❏ — — ❏ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NKR77 for Taiwan ❏ — — ❍ ❏ ❍ — ❍
NKR66 ❏ ❏ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NPR66 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NQR66 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NPR70 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NQR70 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NKR71 ❏ ❏ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
24 V NQR71
❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
with turbocharger
NPS71 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NPR71 ❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
NQR71
❏ ❍ — ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍
w/o turbocharger
NPR75 ❏ — ❍ ❏* ❏ — ❍ ❍
NQR75 ❏ — ❍ ❏* ❏ — ❍ ❍
* : Except EC / Turkey
X-13 X-14 X-15 X-16

Smoother PTO
Buzzer PTO
Heater ECM Timing emer- solenoid, PTO cut
cancel main
gency M/T
NHR55 — — — — — — — —
NKR55 — — — — — — — —
NKR69 — — — — — — — —
12 V NPR71 — — — — — — — —
NKR77 ❍ — ❍ — — — — —
NPR77 ❍ — ❍ — — — — —
NKR77 for Taiwan ❍ — ❍ — — — — —
NKR66 — — — — — — — —
NPR66 — ❏ — — — — — —
NQR66 — ❏ — — — — — —
NPR70 — ❏ — — ❍ — — —
NQR70 — ❏ — — ❍ — — —
NKR71 — — — — — — — —
24 V NQR71
— ❏ — — — — — —
with turbocharger
NPS71 — — — ❏ — — ❏ ❏
NPR71 — ❏ — — — — — —
NQR71
— ❏ — — — — — —
w/o turbocharger
NPR75 — ❏ ❍ — — ❏ — —
NQR75 — ❏ ❍ — — ❏ — —
X-18 X-19 X-20 X-21 X-22 X-23 X-24

ECM Gear Glow Marker A/C
Glow 2 Starter Rear fog
main shifter plug lamp COMP
NHR55 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NKR55 — — — ❍ ❍ — ❏ —
NKR69 — — ❍ ❍ ❍ — — —
12 V NPR71 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
❍ ❍ ❏ *1 *1
NKR77 — — — ❏ ❏
*1 *1
NPR77 — — — ❍ ❍ ❏ ❏ ❏
NKR77 for Taiwan — — — ❍ ❍ — — ❏
NKR66 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
*2 *2
NPR66 — — — ❍ ❍ ❏ ❏ —
NQR66 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NPR70 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NQR70 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NKR71 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
24 V NQR71
— — — ❍ ❍ ❏ *2 ❏ *2 —
with turbocharger
NPS71 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NPR71 — — — ❍ ❍ — — —
NQR71
— — — ❍ ❍ — — —
w/o turbocharger
NPR75 ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍ ❏ *3 ❏ *3 —
NQR75 ❍ ❏ — ❍ ❍ ❏ *3 ❏ *3 —
*1 : For EC
*2 : For Turkey
*3 : For EC / Turkey
X-24 X-25 X-26 X-27 X-28

4WD Exh. Con- Exh.
A/C ON Starter
ind. brake CSD denser brake
SIGNAL cut
lamp control fan cut
NHR55 — ❏ ❍ — — — —
NKR55 — ❏ ❍ — — — —
NKR69 — ❏ — — — — —
12V NPR71 — ❍ — — — — —
NKR77 — — — ❏ — — —
NPR77 — — — ❏ — — —
NKR77 for Taiwan — — — ❏ — ❏ —
NKR66 — ❏ — — — — —
NPR66 — ❍ — — — — ❏
NQR66 — ❍ — — — — ❏
NPR70 — ❍ — — — ❏ —
NQR70 — ❍ — — — ❏ —
NKR71 — ❏ — — — — —
24V NQR71
— ❍ — — — — ❏
with turbocharger
NPS71 ❍ ❍ — — — — —
NPR71 — ❍ — — — — ❏
NQR71
— ❍ — — — — —
w/o turbocharger
NPR75 — — — — ❍ ❍ —
NQR75 — — — — ❍ ❍ —
Diode Location
N8A0055E
Connector No. B-17 B-18 B-25 J-23 L-1 L-3

QOS-III VSV: FICD Dome light
A/C
Usage Lighting (Except GCC (Except GCC Dome light (Except Tai-
Door switch
and Taiwan) and Taiwan) wan)
Reference Table of Grounding Point
Notice:
Abnormal phenomena of electrical components are considered resulted from defective grounding.
In repair, be sure to inspect grounding points and to tighten all fastening parts surrounding the grounding points.
Cable harness
Connector No. Location Main parts (Load)
name
Vehicle speed sensor, QOS-III control unit, Turn signal
B-1 Frame-LH (FRT) indicator light, Meter, High beam indicator light, PTO
lever, TCM
Charge relay, Exhaust brake relay, QOS-II control unit,
QOS-III control unit, Dome light switch, Key remind and
back up buzzer, Meter, Brake fluid switch, Tail relay,
Cornering light switch, Cornering light, Cornering light
relay, Fog light switch, Fog light, Dimmer relay, Door
lock switch, Door lock relay, Power window switch
Body harness (RH), Power window relay, Stoplight switch, Mirror
switch, Wiper motor, Washer motor intermittent relay,
Headlight
B-7 Radio, Cigar lighter, Heater & A/C relay, Fan switch,
bracket-LH
Horn relay, Rear heater switch, Rear heater, Radio &
clock, Cigar lighter, Fan switch, Blower resistor, A/C
switch, Blower motor, Electronic thermostat, Accel
switch, Door lock switch, Door lock controller, Headlight
leveling switch, Headlight leveling motor, Power win-
dow relay, Power window switch, QOS-III control unit,
Ceramic heater relay, Emergency relay, Select switch,
Emergency adjust switch, PTO-Smoother switch
Marker light relay, Marker light, Water sedimenter
switch, Fuel tank unit, Starter relay, Neutral switch, Fuel
heater, Pressure switch, A/C thermo relay, VSV: FICD,
Exhaust brake control relay, Exhaust brake magnetic
Frame front har- valve, Accel switch, Clutch switch, VSV: intake throttle,
J-9 Frame-LH (CTR)
ness Engine stop motor, ECM, ECM main relay, Starter cut
relay, Shift 1,3,5 solenoid, Shift 2,4,R solenoid, Select
solenoid
License plate light, Taillight, Rear fog light, Rear turn
signal light, Stoplight, Stoplight switch, Backup light
Grounding Point Location
B-7
N8A5055E
N8A5054E
N8A5056E
Cable Harness Routing
FLOOR HARNESS (RH)
FLOOR HARNESS (LH)
N8A0060E
DOME LIGHT HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS (RH)
BODY HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS (LH)
N8A0061E
REAR BODY HARNESS For Taiwan
REAR FRAME HARNESS
FRONT FRAME HARNESS
N8A0062E
REAR BODY HARNESS For GCC
REAR FRAME HARNESS
FRONT FRAME HARNESS
N8A0063E
SYSTEM REPAIR
Start and Charging
General Description
The system consists of the starter switch, starter, AC generator, starter relay, charge relay and heater and A/C relay.
When the starter SW is set to the “ST” position, the battery voltage is applied to the starter solenoid coil through the
starter relay to start the starter.
• On the 4HK1 engine, the function that ECM controls STARTER RELAY is added.
Starting Circuit
N8A0064E
Parts Location
For 12 Volt
<4JB1, 4JG2>
B-7
N8A0065E
For 24 Volt
X-1 CHARGE RELAY
FUSE BOX ASM

F-16, F-22
B-7
FL-1, FL-2, FL-8 FUSIBLE LINK

X-21 STARTER RELAY
X-26 STARTER CUT RELAY (4HK1)
B-1
J-1,J-2 GENERATOR
N8A0066E
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
FL-1 100A FL-2 50A

ACC F-21 15A
MAIN KEY SW
3W/B 1 2 B GENERATOR
Circuit Diagram
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y

P-1
B-67 0.5W/R RELAY; EXHAUST
ST 4
BRAKE(2)
P-2 B-67 RELAY; CHARGE
FL-8 60A
0.85W 1
STARTER X-11 0.5W/R CHARGE WARNING
5
8B
X-11
3B/Y
3
30B
0.3B LIGHT B-52 (3)(METER)
X-11
P-5 2L 0.3B 4
X-11
FRAME 0.5W/R QOS III CONTROL
1
3W/B
2L UNIT (6)
E-72 RELAY; STARTER
STARTER
F-22 10A
8
P-6 3 2 H-5
X-21 X-21 X-14
J-26
0.5W/R RELAY; HEATER
STARTER 14
4 0.5B/W 0.5B/W 2 & A/C(2)
B X-21 H-8
3B/W
C 1
0.3B/W
J-27
0.5W/L
X-21
For 4JB1, 4JB1-TC, 4JG2 Engine & 12 Volt
5
15
H-5
0.3B
0.85W
11
QOS II CONTROL UNIT (4)

QOS III CONTROL UNIT(11)
H-14
10
H-14
0.85W
3W
3 2
E-18 E-18
IG S
0.85W/L
GENERATOR
8W 1 1
E-17 B L E-18
0.5B
FRAME-LH B-1
5B
(FRONT)
HEADLIGHT 3B 1.25B
B-7
BRACKET (LH)
FRAME-LH J-9
2B
(CENTER)
N8A0067E
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
FL-1 100A FL-2 50A

ACC F-16 10A
MAIN KEY SW
3W/B 1 2 B METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
P-1
B-67 0.5W/R RELAY; EXHAUST
ST 4
BRAKE(2)
P-2 B-67 RELAY; CHARGE
FL-8 60A
STARTER 0.5W/R CHARGE WARNING
5
8B
X-11
3B/Y
0.5B/Y 3
30B
LIGHT B-52 (3)(METER)
X-11
P-5 2L 0.5B/Y 0.5B/Y 4

X-11
For 4HG1-T Engine & 12 Volt
FRAME 0.5W/R QOS III CONTROL

1
3W/B
2L UNIT (6)
E-72 RELAY; STARTER
STARTER
F-22 10A
8
P-6 3 2 H-5
X-21 X-21 X-11
J-26
STARTER 14
4 0.5B/W 0.5B/W 2 & A/C(2)
B X-21 H-8
3B/W
C 1
0.3B/W
J-27
X-21
5
15
H-5
0.85W
11
QOS II CONTROL UNIT (4)

QOS III CONTROL UNIT(11)
H-14
10
H-14
0.85W
3W
3 2
E-18 E-18
IG S
0.85W/L
GENERATOR
8W 1 1
E-17 B L E-18
0.5B
FRAME-LH J-9
2B
(CENTER)
N8A0068E
METER
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
0.5W/R RELAY; FUEL
FL-1 100A FL-2 50A HEATER(2)
ACC F-16 10A RELAY; CHARGE
MAIN KEY SW
3W/B 1 2 METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y 0.5B/Y 3
B-67 X-11 0.5W/R
P-3 P-1 5
X-11
P-4 P-2 ST 4
B-67
FL-8 60A
0.5B/Y 4
STARTER X-11
0.5W/R
3B/Y
RELAY; HEATER
8B
(12V) & A/C(2)
30B
For 4JH1 Engine & 12 Volt
P-5 2L
X-11
FRAME 1
3W/B
2L 2
F-22 10A
E-72 RELAY; STARTER
P-6 3 2
X-21 X-21
STARTER J-26 14
0.5B/W 0.5B/W
STARTER 0.3B/W
4
X-21 H-8
3B/W
1
0.85W/L
J-27
X-21
5
15
H-5
0.85W/L
10
H-14
3W
2
E-18
0.85W/L
GENERATOR
8W 1
E-17 E-18
0.5B
FRAME-LH J-9
2B
(CENTER)
N8A0069E
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
FL-1 100A FL-2 50A

ACC F-16 10A
MAIN KEY SW
8W 3W/B 1 2 B METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
B-67
P-1
P-2 ST 4
B-67 RELAY; CHARGE
FL-8 60A
3
STARTER X-11 0.5W/L CHARGE WARNING
5
8B
X-11
3B/Y
30B
LIGHT B-52 (3)(METER)
P-5 2L 0.5B/Y 4
X-11
FRAME
1
3W/B
2L
E-72 RELAY; STARTER
STARTER
F-22 10A
P-6 3 2
X-21 X-21 X-11
J-26
STARTER 14
4 0.5B/W 0.5B/W 2 & A/C(2)
B X-21 H-8
For 4JH1 Engine, NKR77 for Taiwan
3B/W
C 1
J-27 0.5W/L
X-21
5
15
H-5
0.85W/L
10
H-14
3W/L
2
E-18
S
0.85W/L
GENERATOR
8W/B 8W/B 1 1
E-17 B L E-18
0.5B
FRAME-LH J-9
2B
(CENTER)
N8A0379E
Connector List No. Connector Face
For 12 Volt
No. Connector Face

1
X-21 2 3
4 5
1
X-11 2 3 4
005-003
005-001
E-17
(4JH1)
B-67 000-002
1 2
3 4
004-001
J-26
B-67 2 1
000-002
4 3
004-002
P-6
E-17 000-002
001-001
J-27
1
E-18 1 2
001-002
3 4
004-003
P-1
E-18 000-004
(4JH1) 1 2
002-003
P-4
H-14
1 2 3 4
000-004
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
016-001
P-2
4 3 2 1
H-14 8 7 6 5
000-006
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
016-002
No. Connector Face
P-3
(4JH1)
000-006
P-5
000-007
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
FL-1 100A or 120A FL-2 40A

Circuit Diagram
ACC
MAIN KEY SW 3W/B F-16 10A
1 3W/B B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y METER 0.5W/R RELAY; HEATER
P-1 2 B-67 & A/C (2)
P-2 ST 4
FL-8 60A B-67
STARTER RELAY; CHARGE
3B/Y
5 0.5W/R RELAY; EXHAUST
X-1
3 BRAKE(2)
P-3 X-1
8B
4
30B
P-4 X-1
F-22 10A
STARTER
3W/B(NPR70)
3W(NPR66/71)
X-1
2
P-5 2L 3W/B
FRAME
1
RELAY; STARTER
P-6
3 2
STARTER J-26 X-21 X-21
0.85W/L
B 0.5B/W 14 0.5B/W
X-21 H-8
4 0.5W/L
3B/W
4H Type Engine & 24 Volt (Except 4HK1 Engine)
C CHARGE WARNING
0.5B/W
J-27 LIGHT B-52 (3)
1
15
X-21
H-5
5
QOS II
0.5B
2
CONTROL UNIT (4)

J-1
0.85W/L
GENERATOR
5W 1 1
J-2 B L J-1
0.5B
J-9
2B
FRAME-LH (CENTER)
N8A0070E
4HK1 Engine
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER SW
FL-1 100A or 120A FL-2 40A

ACC
MAIN KEY SW 3W/L F-16 10A
1 3W/L B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y METER 0.5B/Y
P-1 2 B-67
P-2 ST 4
FL-8 60A B-67
STARTER RELAY; CHARGE
3B/Y
RELAY;
0.5W/R 1
HEATER X-1
4
P-3 & A/C (2) X-1
8B
3
30B
P-4 X-1
F-22 10A
STARTER
3W/B
X-1
5
P-5 2L 3W/L
FRAME
1
RELAY; STARTER
P-6
2 3
STARTER J-26 X-21 X-21
0.5W/L
B 0.5R/W 14 0.3B/W
X-21 H-8
4 0.5W/L
3B/W
C CHARGE WARNING
0.3B/W
J-27 LIGHT B-52 (3)
1
15
X-21
RELAY; H-5
5
STARTER
CUT
QOS II
1
X-26 F-28 10A
4 0.5R
X-26
ECM
0.5LG 0.85LG ECM MAIN
X-26
CONTROL UNIT (4)

3 RELAY
X-26 2
5
J-1
0.5B
0.85W/L
ECM
GENERATOR
8W/B 1 1 1.25W/L
J-2 B L J-1
2B
J-9
FRAME-LH
(CENTER)
N8A0521E
For 24 Volt
No. Connector Face X-26

(N*R
75)
B-7 005-006
000-012
J-26
X-1 000-002
005-006
P-5
B-67 000-002
1 2
3 4
004-001
J-27
B-67 2 1
000-009
4 3
004-002
P-1
J-1 000-004
1 2
002-003
P-4
J-2 000-004
000-001
P-2
J-9 000-006
000-001
P-3
1
X-21 2 3
000-006
4 5
005-003
No. Connector Face Starter Switch

The starter switch positions are LOCK, ACC, ON and
START. Turning the starter key to these positions a cir-
P-6 cuit for starting the engine, the operation of accessories,
(N*R or stop the engine.
66)
000-008
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A0072E
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Inspection
Check the continuity between the starter switch connector terminals.
Repair or replace the switch when the result of inspection is found abnormal.
N8A0073E
Removal
Preparation:
Disconnect the battery ground cable.
1. Steering Cowl
Remove four screws and take off the steering cowl.
2. Starter Switch
1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Remove the screw.
N8A0074E
QOS (Quick On Start) II System (4HF1 and 4JB1 Engine Model)
General Description
The circuit consists of starter switch, QOSII control unit, glow relay, thermo switch, glow plug, fuel cut solenoid, CSD
relay, CSD solenoid and glow indicator light.
The QOS-II controller controls glow plug relay by the ON or OFF signal of QOS thermo switch.
Immediately when the starter switch turns “ON”, the glow plug relay indicator light turns on to start preheating.
The engine should be started after the indicator light is off. However, the glow plug relay keeps preheating for a fixed
period even after the indicator light turns off. When the fixed time is over, QOS-II controller performs to switch the
glow plug relay off to stop preheating.
For details, refer to “PREHEATING SYSTEM”.
System Circuit
N8A0075E
Parts Location
X-26 CSD RELAY (55)

X-20 GLOW RELAY
F-16, F-22
B-7
N8A0076E
FL-1 100A
2L MAIN
FUSE BLOCK STARTER SW
P-1
P-2 FL-2 50A
ACC
KEY SW
1 2 B
NHR55, NKR55
H-7 B-67 3B/Y
ON 3
3W/B 3W/L B-67
Circuit Diagram
ST 4 3B/Y
B-67
F-16 10A
P-5 METER
FRAME
FL-3 60A
GLOW
0.5B/Y
F-22 10A
22 STARTER
H-5
0.3B/Y 0.5B/Y
5B/L
3 4
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
X-20 X-20
2 3
RELAY;GLOW X-26 X-26
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
0.5B/W
X-20 X-20
2 5 8
RELAY; CSD
X-26 X-26
B-51
4 5 15
H-14
0.3B/R 0.5L
0.5GR
1.25L
5
1
B-51 H-14
0.5GR
3 E-24
0.5B/W
H-8 6
0.5Y
5B/Y
37
E-8
GLOW INDICATOR LIGHT (METER)

RELAY; STARTER (4)
H-5
0.3B/Y
CSD SOLENOID
0.3O/L
0.3B/R
(GLOW)
0.5GR
THERMO SW
1 5 7 1 3 4
E-3 B-10 B-10 B-10 B-10 B-10
GLOW PLUG QOS II CONTROL UNIT
B-10
6
0.5B
3B
HEADLIGHT BRACKET (LH) B-7
5B
FRAME-LH (FRONT) B-1
N8A0077E
FL-1 100A or 120A
2L MAIN
FUSE BLOCK STARTER SW
P-1
P-2
FL-2 40A
ACC F-16 10A
KEY SW
3W/B 1 3W/L 2 B METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
B-67
ST 4 3B/Y
FL-3 60A B-67
GLOW
NKR66, NPR66, NQR66
P-3
P-4
F-22 10A
0.5B/Y
STARTER
3B/L
P-5 0.5B/Y 22
H-5
FRAME
3 4
X-20 X-20
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
0.5Y
RELAY;GLOW
X-20 X-20
0.5B/W
2 5 8
1
B-51
E-8
0.3B/R
8
3B/Y
H-14
16 3 B-51
0.5B/W
H-14 H-8 6
0.5Y
THERMO SW (GLOW)
37
RELAY; STARTER (4)
GLOW INDICATOR LIGHT (METER)

H-5
0.3B/Y
0.3O/L
3B/Y
0.3B/R
0.5Y
1 5 7 1 3 4
E-3 B-10 B-10 B-10 B-10 B-10
GLOW PLUG QOS II CONTROL UNIT
B-10
6
0.5B
3B
5B
N8A0380E
No. Connector Face
E-8
B-1
000-011
000-001
E-15
1
B-7
001-002
000-012
E-15 1
B-10 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 001-003
007-001
E-24
1
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
001-002
014-001
E-24 1
B-67
1 2
001-003
3 4
004-001 H-14
(4H/
4JH1 5
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
type 10 11 12 13 14
B-67 2 1
ENGIN 15 16
4 3 E) 016-003
004-002 H-14
(4H/
4JH1 4 3
9 8 7 6 5
2 1
type 14 13 12 11 10
E-3 ENGIN 16 15
E) 016-004
000-009
1
X-20 2 3
E-8
4 5
005-003
000-010
No. Connector Face H-5
X-26
005-006
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
P-1 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
000-004
P-4 N8A5488E
H-7, H-8
000-004
P-2
1 2 H-6 2 1
000-006
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
P-3 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
000-006
P-5 N8A5489E
Starter Switch
000-002 Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this section.
H-14
Glow Indicator Light Thermo Switch
(4J
type Refer to “METER AND WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHT”
in this section.
1 2 3 4
ENGIN 5 6 7 8
E)
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
(Excep
016-001
t 4JH1)
H-14
(4J
type 4 3 2 1
ENGIN 8 7
12 11 10
6 5
9
E) 16 15 14 13
(Excep
016-002
t 4JH1)
QOSII Control Unit
N8A0079E
Terminal No. Connected to

1 Starter switch (ON)
2 —
3 Thermo switch
4 Starter switch (ST)
5 Glow relay
6 Ground
7 Glow indicator (Meter)
Exhaust Brake System

General Description
This circuit consists of starter switch, exhaust brake
switch (combination switch), accelerator switch, clutch
switch, vacuum switching valve, neutral switch and re-
lay.
Exhaust brake is a system to increase exhaust pressure
by means of squeezing exhaust gas from engine and
exert engine brake.
Turn the exhaust brake SW on, and the exhaust brake
valve starts to work by the function of the magnetic valve
to enable the exhaust bake to operate, when the ex-
haust brake indicator light will be on.
When either the accelerator pedal or the clutch pedal is
depressed while driving, the switch of the depressed
pedal will turn off, subsequently the exhaust braking will
stop working.
B-52 EXHAUST BRAKE INDICATOR LIGHT (METER)
X-8 EXHAUST BRAKE RELAY NHR55, NKR55

Parts Location
X-11
(NHR/NKR55 (NIA) only)
F-2, F-16, F-21

EXHAUST BRAKE
MAGNETIC VALVE
(NHR/NKR55 (T OR TC) ONLY)
B-7
X-25
N8A0084E
NKR66, NPR66, NQR66
N8A0085E
Circuit Diagram
NHR55, NKR55
STARTER SW
OFF
FL-2 50A
ACC
KEY SW 1 2
3W/B 3W/L B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
B-67
FL-1 100A ST
2L MAIN
P-1
5W
P-2
2
H-6
3W/B
P-5 3B/Y
FRAME
3W
GENERATOR
1 2
15A
EXHAUST BRAKE
X-8 X-8
(N*R55)
F-16 10A
F-21
METER
0.5W/R
0.5B/Y
RELAY;
X-8 X-8
F-2 15A
5 4
H-5
FUEL HEATER
EXH. BRAKE 22
3B/R 0.5LG
0.5B/Y
0.85W
GENERATOR (L)
EXHAUST BRAKE SW
5 2
(COMBINATION SW)
B-69 J-50
NEUTRAL SW
0.85W/L
3 2
RELAY ; CHARGE
X-11 X-11 J-50

B-69
2 1
0.85W/R
0.5LG/R
0.5B
17 0.5G/B
X-11 X-11 H-8
0.5LG/R
5 4
5 4
EXHAUST BRAKE
X-25 X-25
CONTROL
RELAY;
X-25 X-25
3 2
0.5LG/B
12
H-8
0.5LG/B
0.5LG
1
B-89
CLUTCH SW
VSV; INTAKE THROTTLE
0.5B
1 1
MAGNETIC VALVE
EXHAUST BRAKE
J-40 J-31
B-89
2B
2
0.5LG/R
J-40 J-31
32
2 2
H-5 2
B-75
ACCEL.SW
0.5LG
0.5B
0.5B
B-75
1
HEADLIGHT 3B
B-7
BRACKET (LH)
FRAME-LH 2B
J-9
(CENTER )
N8A0086E
NKR66, NPR66, NQR66
STARTER SW
OFF
FL-2 40A
ACC
KEY SW 1 2
3W/B 3W/L B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
B-67
FL-1 100A ST
2L MAIN
P-1
P-2 5W 2
H-6
F-16 10A
METER
3W
P-3 1 2
0.5B/Y
P-4
X-8 X-8
EXHAUST BRAKE
0.5W/R
RELAY;
P-5
FRAME X-8 X-8
F-13 10A
5 4
H-5
FUEL HEATER
EXH. BRAKE 22
0.5B/Y
3B/R 0.5LG
5
H-14
0.85W
GENERATOR (L)
EXHAUST BRAKE SW
5 2
(COMBINATION SW)
B-69
NEUTRAL SW
E-11
0.85W/L
3 2
RELAY ; CHARGE
X-1 X-1 E-11

B-69
2 1
0.85W/R
0.5LG/R
0.5B
17
X-1 X-1 H-8 H-14
10
0.5LG/R
5 4
0.5G/B
5 4
EXHAUST BRAKE
X-25 X-25
CONTROL
RELAY;
X-25 X-25
3 2
0.5LG/B
12
H-8
0.5LG/B
0.5LG
1
B-89
CLUTCH SW
VSV; INTAKE THROTTLE
0.5B
1 1
MAGNETIC VALVE
EXHAUST BRAKE
J-40 J-31
B-89
2B
2
0.5LG/R
J-40 J-31
32
2 2
H-5 2
B-75
ACCEL.SW
0.5LG
0.5B
0.5B
B-75
1
HEADLIGHT 3B
B-7
BRACKET (LH)
FRAME-LH 2B
J-9
(CENTER )
N8A0381E
No. Connector Face
B-89 1
2
X-1
002-009
005-006
B-89 1
2
X-8
002-010
005-006
E-11
1 2
1
X-11 2 3 4
5
002-001
005-001
E-11 2 1
X-25
002-002
005-006
J-50
1 2
B-69 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 002-001
008-001
J-50 2 1
B-69 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 002-002
008-002
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14
B-75 15 16
1 2 016-003
002-022
4 3 2 1
H-14 9 8 7 6 5
14 13 12 11 10
B-75 16 15
2 1 016-004
002-023
J-31 P-3
1 2
002-011 000-006
P-1
J-31
2 1 (24 V)
002-012 000-004
J-40 P-4
1 2
002-014 000-004
P-1 P-5
(12 V) (12 V)
000-003 000-007
P-1 P-5
(12 V) (24 V)
000-004 000-002
H-5
P-2
000-003
P-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
000-004
P-2
(24 V)
000-006 N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8 Removal
Preparation:
1. Accel Switch
2) Remove the two screws.
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Neutral Switch
Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this section.
Starter Relay
N8A0088E
Charge Relay Installation

To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order,
noting the following points.
Starter Switch 1. Check to see if the accel pedal has been returned
Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this section. by the return spring to the specified position.
Accel Switch Clutch Switch

Inspection Inspection
1. Check the continuity between the switch connector 1. Check the continuity between the switch connector
terminals. terminals.
2. Check to see if switch plunger operates smoothly. 2. Check to see if switch push rod operates smoothly.
Repair or replace the accel switch when result of Repair or replace the switch when result of inspec-
inspection is found abnormal. tion is found abnormal.
N8A0089E
N8A0087E
Removal Installation
Preparation: To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order,
Disconnect the battery ground cable. noting the following points.
1. Clutch Switch 1. Check to see if the clutch pedal has been returned
1) Disconnect the connector. by the return spring to the specified position.
2) Loosen the lock nut of the switch. 2. Turn the clutch switch clockwise until the tip of the
3) Remove the switch by turning it. threaded portion of the switch contacts the pedal
arm.
3. Tighten the lock nut to the specified torque.
Tighten:
Lock nut to 13 N⋅m (130 kg⋅cm / 115 lb⋅in)
N8A0088E
Exhaust Brake Switch

Inspection
Check the continuity between the terminals of the exhaust brake switch.
N8A0091E
Removal and Installation Vacuum Switching Valve: Intake Throttle (4H
Refer to “HEADLIGHT, FOG LIGHT AND CORNERING Series Engine)
LIGHT” in this section. Inspection
Exhaust Brake Magnetic Valve (4H Series En- Connect the magnetic valve connector terminal No. 1 to
gine) the battery (+) terminal and terminal No. 2 to the (−) ter-
minal and then check the continuity among each port.
Inspection Repair or replace the vacuum switching valve when the
Connect the magnetic valve connector terminal No. 1 to result of inspection is found abnormal.
the battery (+) terminal and terminal No. 2 to the (−) ter-
minal and then check the continuity among each port.
N8A0096E
N8A0094E
Exhaust Brake System and Engine Control
Parts Location
For 4HE1-TC Engine
N8A0097E
B-51, B-52
EXHAUST BRAKE INDICATOR LIGHT(METER)
E-16
B-55 SPEEDOMETER J-122 GLOW PLUG
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
RELAY BOX ASM(No.1) EXHAUST BRAKE SW SENSOR
For 4JH1 Engine
B-18 DIODE FRAME

X-12 HEATER A/C RELAY STARTER SW HARNESS
X-10 A/C THERMO RELAY X-11 CHARGE RELAY
J-182
MASS AIR FLOW
X-14 ECM RELAY SENSOR
B-31 H-14
ENGINE E-5
WARMING SW J-183 TDC MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
FUSE BOX ASM

F-1, F-5, J-31 EXH BRAKE
F-8, F-9, E-110 INJECT PUMP
MAGNETIC VALVE(B)
F-16
J-32
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
J-177 ABS ; C/U
RELAY BOX ASM(No.2)
B-343 JOINT CONNECTOR J-50 NEUTRAL SW
B-342 NEUTRAL SW
RESISTOR P-5
H-14 P-1
B-339 A/C ON J-6
SIGNAL RESISTOR P-2
PRESSURE
B-29 SW P-3
JOINT CONNECTOR-1 B-69
B-232 P-4
JOINT CONNECTOR-2
B-233, B-234 ECM BATTERY (12V)
B-7 B-67
B-341 RELAY BOX
RESISTOR IDLE LSW SBF1, SBF2, SBF3, SBF25 FUSIBLE LINK
X-20 GLOW RELAY
H-5~H-8 X-24 A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY
B-80 THROTTLE POSITION X-26 A/C SIGNAL RELAY
SENSOR J-105 EVRV : EGR
B-340 IDLE LSW J-40 VSV : INTAKE THROTTLE
B-66 BRAKE SW
B-89 CLUTCH SW B-79 J-9
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
N8A0099E
B-31
ENGINE WARMING SW
B-425, B-426, J-31 EXH BRAKE
X-33 DIODE MAGNETIC VALVE (B)
MAF B-427, B-428
SENSOR TCM
F-28 FUSE
For 4HK1-TC Engine
SBF1, SBF2, SBF3, SBF5, SBF8

STARTER
FUSIBLE LINK
RELAY BOX ASM (No. 1) SW MAP X-18 ECM MAIN RELAY
SENSOR X-21 STARTER RELAY
RELAY BOX ASM (No. 2) X-26 STARTER CUT RELAY
REV SW
J-50
X-14 SMOOTHER NEUTRAL SW
EMERGENCY RELAY
FUSE BOX ASM

F-2, F-7,
F-9, F-16,
F-22
H-15
P-5
X-1 CHARGE RELAY
P-1
B-431 P-2
RESISTOR 2
BATTERY
H-4, H-5, H-6, P-4
P-3
H-7, H-8 RELAY BOX ASM
J-191 ECM
J-9
B-1
B-51, B-53 METER
B-67 STARTER SW B-7 H-12
B-79
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
B-387
RESISTOR 1
N8A0530E
Circuit Diagram
4HE1-TC Engine (1)
N8A0100E
4HE1-TC Engine (2)
3B/L
0.5B/Y 22
H-5
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
4 3
0.5B/Y X-20 X-20
RELAY:GLOW
11
H-13
INTAKE
TEMP
X-20 X-20
SW
5 2
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
0.3B/R
3B/Y
0.5B/Y
3 16
H-8 H-14
2 2 2
J-145 J-146 J-147
5B/Y
2
0.5B/Y
J-131
(N-SPEC ONLY)
SW:LOW
DATA LINK 1
CONNECTOR E-3 GLOW PLUG
J-145 VSV:VSS J-146 VSV: J-147 VSV:EGR
ANEROID
1 1 COMPENSATOR 1 B-79 B-79 B-79 J-131
0.5BR/B
0.5BR/Y
0.3B/R
BR/W
7 3 6 1
0.5
0.5LG/B
8 1 3 5
H-8 H-13 H-13 H-13
0.5BR/W
0.5BR/B
0.5BR/Y
0.3B/Y
0.3Y
0.3L
29
9 18 40 H-5
0.5B/Y
H-8 H-8 H-5 0.5LG/B

0.3BR/W
0.3BR/B
0.3BR/Y
2 11 13 1 1 15 16 27 2
B-234 B-233 B-233 B-233 B-234 B-234 B-234 B-234 B-233
B-11 B-13 B-1 A-1 A-15 A-16 A-27 B-2
VSV:VSS VSV: VSV:EGR CHECKER GND DIAG GLOW
ANECON ECM RELAY
RACK MV
THERMO GND THERMO SIG RACK- SIG RACK+ ENG- ENG SIG TIMING EVRV- EVRV+ GND
B-7 B-8 A-21 A-7 A-6 B-9 B-10 A-11 A-14 A-13 A-22
B-233 B-233 B-234 B-234 B-234 B-233 B-233 B-234 B-234 B-234 B-234
7 8 21 7 6 9 10 11 14 13 22
A
0.3BR/Y
0.3V
1 2
0.3GR/B
0.3GR
0.3LG
0.5W
X-14 X-14
0.5B
0.5R
RELAY:TIMING
0.5R/W
0.5O
0.3V
26 27 13 7 1 16 15
X-14 X-14
H-5 H-5 H-5 H-5 H-5 H-8 H-8
5 4
0.5BR/R
0.3GR/B
0.3GR
0.3LG
0.5W
0.5B
0.5R
0.3V
12 6 5
0.5B
4 8 1 2 3 12 13 H-8 H-8 H-8

H-14 H-14 H-14 H-14 H-14 H-14 H-14
0.5BR/R
0.5R/W
0.5O
0.3GR/B
0.3GR
0.3LG
0.5W
0.5B
0.5R
0.3V
11 10 4
2 1 1 2 3 1 2 H-14 H-13 H-13

0.85BR/R
0.3B
0.5R/W
E-76 E-76 E-43 E-43 E-43 E-2 E-2

0.5O
MAGNETIC VALVE:TIMING
1 2 1
E-74 J-105 J-105
THERMO SENSOR RACK SENSOR ENGINE SPEED SENSOR EVRV:EGR
HEAD LIGHT
B-7
BRACKET-LH
N8A0101E
P-3 P-1
2L
30BLK 8BLK
SBF-3
SBF-1 SBF-2 GLOW Fuse & Relay Box
MAIN KEY 60A (Behind the Cab)
Battery
100A 50A
4JH1 Engine (1)
3
30 8 WHT/
P-4 P-2 BLK WHT/ BLU
BLK 1 H-7
2 H-6
P-5 3
0.5 Glow Relay
BLK/ 0.5 WHT/
YEL BLK/ BLU
Starter 8
WHT/ YEL 2 B-67
BLK
3 2 X-11
OFF
3 Charge ST Ignition
WHT/ Relay ON ACC Switch
BLK
5 4 X-11
0.5 3 B-67
3 0.5 WHT/ Relay Box
Starter
WHT/ WHT/ BLU (Instrument
Relay
BLK RED Panel)
ACG
1 2 X-12 0.5 0.5 3
BLK/ BLK/ BLK/
YEL YEL BLU
Heater
A/C Relay
2 5 4 X-12 Fuse &

WHT/ Relay Box
BLK 0.5 (Glove Box)
3
BLK
BLU
2
BLK
F-9 F-8 F-5 SBF-25 Fuse &
F-1 3
ENG.(B2) ENG.(B1) STOP LIGHT HEATER Relay Box
AIR CON BLK
15A 15A 10A 30A (Glove Box)
10A
5
BLK
3 B-7
BLK/ 0.5 Headlight
0.85 2 ECM
YEL GRY/ Bracket
BRN BLU W/S-M
YEL
3 3
BLK/ BLK/
YEL YEL
ECM Main Data Link Brake A/C A/C Meter

Relay Connector Switch Thermo Thermo
Relay Relay
N6A3862E
8BLK
Battery
SBF-2 SBF-4
SBF-1 SBF-8 SBF-9 SBF-3
KEY HEAD
MAIN STARTER ABS GLOW
50A LAMP
100A 60A 60A 60A
30A
4JH1 Engine (2)
3
WHT/ 2 H-6
BLU
Fuse & Relay Box
1 H-7 (Behind the Cab)
3
WHT/
BLU
F-25
3 F-27 F-26
MARKER
WHT/ RR FOG COND.FAN
LAMP
BLU 10A 15A
15A
2 B-67
Glow Plug
Relay
OFF
ST Ignition
ON ACC switch
3
4 3 1 B-67 WHT/
BLU
Heater Heater
3 Relay Relay
BLK/
YEL W/S-G W/S-H
W/S-A 2BLK/YEL
0.5 3 3 2
BLK/ WHT/ WHT/ WHT/
YEL BLK BLK BLK
5 2 X-1
Key ON
Relay
3 1 X-1 Fuse &

3 Relay Box
BLU (Glove Box)
F-15 F-12 F-11 F-10 SBF-26 F-4 F-5 F-8 F-9 F-19
F-22 F-16 F-20 0.5
AUDIO(IG), H/LAMP TURN FRONT WIPER & POWER AUDIO (B), STOP ENG. ENG. HORN,
STATER METER ABS(IG) BLK
CIGAR LIGHTER LEVEL LIGHT WASHER WINDOW DOOR LOCK LIGHT (B1) (B2) HAZARD
10A 10A 10A
15A 10A 10A 15A 30A 15A 10A 15A 15A 15A
N6A3863E
P-3 P-1
30BLK 8BLK P-2 Refer to
Power Distribution
2L
Battery SBF-2 SBF-8
KEY STARTER
F-16 Fuse & 50A 60A
METER Relay Box Fuse & Relay Box
10A 3 (Behind the Cab)
4JH1 Engine (3)
(Glove Box)
P-4 P-2 WHT/
BLU
P-5 3
W/S-M WHT/
BLU
1 H-7
0.5 0.5 8 Fuse &
BLK/ BLK/ WHT Relay Box
YEL YEL Refer to (Glove Box)
Power Distribution
3 2 X-11
2 B-67
30 Relay Box 3 3
Charge
BLK (Instrument WHT/ WHT/
Relay
Panel) BLK BLK
5 4 X-11
OFF
ST Ignition
ON ACC switch
0.5
WHT/BLU
Heater
A/C Relay
3
13 H-6 BLK/
WHT 2 4 X-8
0.85
WHT/BLU 4 B-67
Relay Box
3 Starter
3 H-3 (Instrument
WHT Relay
Panel)
F-22
E-72 STARTER
P-6 10A
0.85
1 J-26 3 5
WHT/BLU X-8
1 P-8 P-9 2 P-8

B 14 H-8
3
S B L 0.5
BLK/
BLK
WHT
Generator
Starter 2
BLK
M
C J-9
Frame
1 J-27
N6A3864E
F-8 F-9 F-16 Fuse &
ENG.(B1) ENG.(B2) METER Relay Box
15A 15A 10A (Glove Box)
4JH1 Engine (4)
2BLU/RED 3
BLK/
3 3 YEL
BLU/ BLU/
RED RED
3 1.25
15 H-14 BLK/ BLK/
YEL YEL
1 H-6
2
1 2 X-14
RED/ Exhaust Brake
WHT Solenoid Valve
Intake Throttle
7 E-110 Solenoid Valve ECM Relay Box
Neutral Switch Main (Instrument
CAN CAN BAT (+) A/C Compressor Relay Relay Panel)
high low A/C Signal Relay
MAF & IAT Sensor
PCU 5 4
ESO CKP X-14
solenoid sensor
signal signal
6 2 1 5 8 E-110 Glow Relay 0.5

2 BLK/
BLU/ YEL
2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 RED
BLK BLU YEL ORN PNK
0.5
BLU/
BLK
16 5 6 7 8 H-14
2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

BLK RED YEL ORN PNK
W/S-M
2
BLU/
10 11 12 13 H-8 RED Meter
J-9
Frame
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BLU YEL ORN PNK
100 99 105 91 B-233 3 58 39 B-234
ESO CKP
solenoid sensor ECM
signal signal main
output output relay
ECM
control
CAN CAN Battery Ignition voltage
high low voltage
12V
N6A3866E
Ground Ground
F-9 F-8
Fuse & Relay Box
ENG.(B2) ENG.(B1) Diagnostic EHCU Diagnostic ECM
(Glove Box)
15A 15A request J1850 request Keyword
switch (Class2) switch 2000
4JH1 Engine (5)
4 29 J-177 2 1 45 35 B-234
2 2 0.3 0.3 2 2
WHT/ WHT/ WHT/ WHT/ BLK BLK
BLK BLK GRN BLK
3 4 H-15
3 0.3 0.3 5 0.5 0.5

BLK/ WHT/ WHT/ BLK BLU YEL
YEL GRN BLK
ECM 27 26 H-5
Main
Relay
B-1
0.5 0.3 0.3 Frame
BLK/ WHT/ WHT/
YEL GRN BLK
16 12 2 6 7 B-79
B+ Diagnostic J1850 Diagnostic Keyword

request (Class2) request 2000 Data
switch switch Link
Connector
(DLC)
Ground Ground
4 5 B-79
0.5 0.5
BLK BLK
W/S-C
0.85
BLK
5
J/C-E
9
0.85
BLK
B-7
Headlight Bracket
N6A3867E
F-16 Exhaust
Fuse & Relay Box
METER Brake
(Glove Box)
10A Switch
0.5
4JH1 Engine (6)
LT GRN/
0.5
BLU
BLK/YEL
8 1 B-51
Speedometer Tachometer
Instrument
Exhaust Panel Cluster
Glow MIL (IPC)
Brake
3 1 B-55 10 8 9 B-52 2 6 4 B-51
0.3 0.5 0.85 0.3

BLK/ YEL/ BLK BLK
YEL GRN
0.5 0.85
BLK BLK
0.85
BLK
31 25 19 H-5 2
BLK
B-7 0.5 B-1 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.3 0.5 Headlight Frame
BLU/ GRN/ ORN/ GRN/
BLK/ YEL/ Bracket GRN RED BLU YEL
YEL GRN
1 3 J-32
0.5 0.5
BLK YEL/
GRN
VSS
68 27 60 43 42 B-234
VSS Engine
signal speed Exhaust Glow
2 J-32 signal brake indicator MIL
output lamp lamp control ECM
control control
12V
N6A3868E
5V reference 5V reference
ECM
Main Relay
ECM ECM
CKP Idle APP

sensor switch sensor
signal signal signal
4JH1 Engine (7)
90 B-233 69 57 38 B-234
Resistor
0.5
0.5 0.5 GRN/
BLK RED BLK
24 12 H-5 0.5 0.5

ECM Tail RED/ GRN/
Main Relay Relay GRN ORN
0.5
GRN/
0.5 0.5 0.5 BLK
RED 0.5
BLU/ LT GRN/
BRN
RED RED
2 J-183
3 2 1 B-31 1 B-340 3 2 B-80
J-183 Idle APP

CKP Engine
Switch Sensor
Sensor Warm Up
3 Switch
2 B-340 1 B-80
1 J-183 6 5 4 B-31
0.5
0.5 BLK
0.3
BRN/
BLK
RED
0.5
WHT 0.5
BRN/ W/S-C
RED 0.5
BLK/
24 18 H-5 GRN
0.85
BLK
0.5 0.5 0.5

BLK WHT BRN/ B-1
RED Frame
101 98 B-233 46 59 49 B-234
Engine
warm up Engine
Shield Low Low
switch warm up reference
ground reference
signal switch
indicator ECM
lamp
control
N6A3869E
5V reference ECM
MAF IAT ECT

sensor sensor sensor
4JH1 Engine (8)
83 88 84 89 B-233
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

WHT/ GRN/ BLK/ GRY
RED RED BLU
16 H-5
ECM
Main Relay
0.5
1 2 H-8 37 H-5
GRY
0.5 0.5 0.5 16 H-14

WHT/ GRN/ BLK/
RED RED BLU 0.5
0.5 0.5
BLU/ BLU/ GRY
RED RED
1 J-105 5 4 2 1 J-182 1 E-16
EGR
ECT
Solenoid
Sensor
Valve
MAF & IAT
Sensor
2 J-105 2 E-16
0.5
BLK/
0.5 PNK
BLK/ 3 J-182
ORN
0.5 11 H-14
BLK/
RED 0.5
BLK/
7 H-8 PNK
6 H-8
0.5 29 H-5
BLK/ 0.5
ORN BLK/ 0.5
RED BLK/
PNK
97 92 93 B-233
EGR
Low Low
solenoid reference reference
valve ECM
control
(PWM)
N6A3870E
SBF-25 F-1 Fuse & ECM H-6 0.5BLU/RED
HEATER AIR CON Relay Box Main Relay 1 EGR Solenoid Valve
30A 10A (Glove Box) PCU
Exhaust Brake
USW Solenoid Valve
0.5 JOINT2 Intake Throttle
2
BLU / Solenoid Valve
BLU
RED
4JH1 Engine (9)
1.25 0.5
BLU BLU/
3 H-18 RED
0.5 0.5
BLU/ GRN/
RED ORN
0.85
BRN
Diode SBF-3
Glow
60A
4 H-18 3 4 X-20 1 4 X-26 1 4 X-24

1.25
Fuse & Relay Box
LT GRN/
(Behind the Cab)
BLK A/C
2 1 X-10 Glow A/C
Relay Signal Compressor
Relay Relay
A/C Relay Box

Thermo (Instrument 2 5 X-20 5 2 X-26 5 2 X-24
Relay Panel)
0.5 0.85 0.5
0.5
GRN/ GRN/ WHT/
BLK
YEL YEL GRN
4 5 X-10 3
BLK/ 16 H-8 1 H-14 15 H-8
0.85 0.3
0.5 RED
GRN/ BLK/
PNK/ 0.5 J-9
WHT RED 0.85
GRN GRN/ Frame
GRN/
J-6 J-6 YEL
YEL
Electro
Thermo 1 B-339
1 2 3 H-8
Pressure
Switch
0.5
A/C
Resistor WHT/
Compressor
1 J-122 GRN
0.5
2 B-339
GRN/
0.5 0.5
YEL
BLK/ BLK
RED
W/S-C
Glow
Plug 0.85
BLK
B-1
94 B-233 33 Frame 41 B-234
A/C ON
signal A/C
Glow relay compressor
relay signal relay ECM
control
control
N6A3871E
ECM
Main
Relay
12V
Fuse & F-5
Relay Box STOP Exhaust Exhaust
J/C-E EHCU
(Glove Box) LIGHT brake brake
1 2 (ABS
10A cut cut
Module)
signal signal
feedback
4JH1 Engine (10)
output
3 3 6 7 8 input
BLU/
RED
Idle Engine 8 7 J-177
Switch Warm Up
Resistor Switch
1 H-6 0.5 0.5
MAF Sensor LT GRN/ LT GRN/
EGR Solenoid Valve 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 WHT BLK
0.5
BLU/ A/C Compressor Relay BLU/ BLU/ BLU/ GRN/
RED A/C Signal Relay RED RED RED YEL
0.5 0.5 10 11 H-14

USW
JOINT2 0.5 BLU/ BLU/
PCU BLK RED RED
1 J-31 1 J-40 1 J-50 1 B-69 1 B-89 2 1 B-66

Glow
Relay 0.5 0.5
Exhaust Intake LT GRN/ LT GRN/
Exhaust
Brake Throttle Neutral Clutch Brake BLK WHT
Brake
Solenoid Solenoid Switch Switch Switch
Switch
Valve Valve
2 J-31 2 J-40 2 J-50 2 B-69 2 B-89 3 4
0.5
BLK/
0.5 WHT 0.5 0.5
0.5 1 B-342
LT GRN/ LT GRN/ GRN
LT GRN 9 H-8
WHT BLU
0.5 40 36 H-5
32 9 H-5 Resistor BLK/ 0.5 Stop
0.5
IPC WHT/
WHT YEL Light
BLK
0.5 2 B-342 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5
LT GRN/ BLK/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/ LT GRN/
LT GRN 0.3 GRN
WHT WHT BLU WHT BLK
BLK
40 B-234 95 W/S-C 87 B-233 64 31 65 30 32 62 B-234
Neutral Exhaust Clutch Brake Brake Exhaust

Exhaust Intake switch brake switch pedal pedal brake Exhaust
brake throttle signal switch signal switch2 switch1 cut brake
solenoid solenoid signal signal signal signal cut
valve valve input signal ECM
control control feedback
output
12V 12V
N6A3872E
8 BLK
2L Fuse &
SBF-1 SBF-2 SBF-3 SBF-5 SBF-8
MAIN KEY GLOW ECM STARTER Relay Box
100A or 120A 40A 60A 40A 60A (Behind
the Cab)
30
BLK/
RED 1 H-7
8 3 3
WHT/ WHT/ WHT/
4HK1-TC Engine (1)
P-1 BLK 3 RED BLK

BLK/
2 B-67 BLU
P-2
5 4 3 X-20 5 3 X-18 Starter
WHT Relay
P-3 OFF
B-67 Ignition Fuse &
ST Glow ECM Relay Box
2 H-6 ON ACC Switch Relay Box
Plug Main (Instrument
Relay (Behind Relay
P-4 4 Panel)
the Cab)
Battery
3 3 B-67 5 2 X-20 4 2 X-18
P-5 BLK/ 3
YEL BLK/ 0.5 1.25
0.5 0.5 3 0.5
YEL Fuse & YEL/ BLK/ BLK/ BLK BLU/ RED
5 Relay Box BLK RED YEL USW BLK 2
W/S-H JOINT 3
WHT/ (Glove Box) RED
BLK
F-9 ECM Glow 2 ECM ECM
F-22 F-16 Plug BLK F-28 Fuse &
STARTER ENG. METER
Charge ECM Relay Box
10A (IG) 10A 10A (Behind the Cab)
Relay 10A
J-9
0.5 Frame
WHT/ 3
RED WHT/ 3 3
BLK WHT/ WHT/
0.5 WHT/RED BLK BLK
2 1 X-12 2 1 X-8 2 1 X-4
Relay Box Fuse &

Heater & Heater Tail
(Instrument Relay Box
A/C Relay Relay Relay
Panel) (Glove Box)
4 5 X-12 4 5 X-8 4 5 X-4
0.5 3 0.3
3 GRN/ 3
BLK BLU BLK/ Combination
0.5 BLK ORN WHT
W/S-E RED Switch
2
6 BLK F-1 F-2 F-7 Fuse &
J/C-D HEATER, FUEL TAIL
Relay Box
AIR CON HEATER LIGHT
1 15A 10A 10A (Glove Box)
3
BLK
B-7
H/L Bracket
N6A6628E
2L
30 BLK/RED 8 BLK 8 BLK
8 BLK
SBF-8 SBF-2 Fuse &

STARTER KEY Relay Box
60A 40A (Behind the Cab)
3 3
B-67 WHT/BLU H-7 WHT/BLU
3 BLK/YEL B-67
2 1
4
4HK1-TC Engine (2)
ECM
Main Relay OFF
ST Ignition
ON ACC Switch
F-22 Fuse & F-28 Fuse &
STARTER Relay Box ECM Relay Box
10A (Glove Box) 10A (Behind
3 the Cab)
P-1
WHT/ 0.3
BLK BLK/WHT
0.85
LT GRN
P-2 14 H-8
0.5
RED/WHT
P-3
0.5
RED/WHT
2
3 4 X-21 J/C-2
P-4
3
Battery Fuse &
Starter
Relay Box
Relay
(Behind the Cab)
0.5
P-5
LT GRN
2 5 X-21
3 0.5
0.5 RED/
BLK/
RED WHT
WHT
1 J-26
B
4 3 X-26 38 H-5
Fuse &
Starter Cut 0.5 0.5
Relay Box 0.5
Relay WHT/ WHT/
(Behind the Cab) WHT/
Starter BLU BLU
BLU
1 5 X-26
16 B-425 14 46 J-191
0.5
BLK
C Start switch
USW Starter signal
JOINT 3 Start cut
cut
relay
2 relay
1 J-27 TCM control ECM
BLK control
J-9
N6A6629E
Frame
2L
30BLK/RED 8BLK F-16 Fuse &
Fuse & Relay Box
METER Relay Box
10A (Glove Box)
4HK1-TC Engine (3)
SBF-1
MAIN
100A or 120A Fuse & Fuse & 0.5
B Relay Box SBF-2 Relay Box BLK/
P-1 SBF-8 SBF-3 (Behind the Cab) KEY (Behind the Cab) YEL
J-26 STARTER GLOW 40A
Starter 60A 60A
8
W/S-M
P-2 WHT/
BLK
3
P-3 WHT/
BLU 0.5 0.5
3 BLK/ BLK/
Starter Relay Glow Relay WHT/ YEL YEL
P-4 BLU
Battery 0.5
1 J-2 2 J-1 3 4 X-1 BLK/
1 H-7
YEL
P-5 B S
Fuse &
3 Charge Relay Box
ACG WHT/ Relay (Glove Box)
BLU
L
2 B-67 5 1 X-1
1 J-1
18 B-51
1.25
WHT/ Instrument
BLU 0.5
WHT/ Panel
OFF Charge
ST Ignition RED Cluster
ON ACC Switch (IPC)
0.85
WHT/
BLU 10 B-51
15 H-5 0.5
3 B-67 WHT/
BLU
0.85
3 WHT/
BLK/ RED
YEL 0.5
WHT/
0.5 BLU
WHT/
BLU Heater
& A/C Relay
2
1 3
J/C-I
N6A6630E
8-101
SBF-2 SBF-5 Fuse &
KEY ECM Relay Box
USW JOINT 3 0.5BLK 3

WHT/
4HK1-TC Engine (4)
RED
3
WHT/
BLU
1 B-67 5 3 X-18
3
WHT/ ECM Main Relay Box
BLU Relay (Instrument
Panel)
2 B-67
4 2 X-18
OFF
ST Ignition
ON ACC Switch
3 B-67
0.5
2
3 BLU/
2 RED
BLK/ BLK 1.25
BLK YEL RED
Fuse & F-28 Fuse &

F-9
Relay Box ECM Relay Box
ENG. (IG)
(Glove Box) 10A (Behind the Cab)
10A
0.5
YEL/ Exhaust Brake Solenoid Valve
BLU Starter Cut Relay
0.5 0.5 2 2 Intake Throttle Solenoid Valve
BLU/ BLU/ RED RED
BLK BLK
18 H-5
0.5
YEL/
BLU
24 40 21 2 5 J-191
J-9 ECM main

relay control ECM
Frame
Ignition voltage Battery voltage
N6A6631E
Power Power Power Signal Signal Case
ground ground ground ground ground ground
ECM
Diagnostic
request Keyword
4HK1-TC Engine (5)
switch 2000
52 38 4 3 1 62 43 81 J-191
1.25 1.25 1.25 0.75 0.75 0.5

BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
0.5 0.5
YEL LT BLU
EHCU
(ABS Module)
0.3 BLK/WHT USW

HSA C/U 20 9 H-4 JOINT 3
3
0.3 BLK/WHT 22
TCM J/C-G 19 0.3 LT BLU
2 HSA C/U
1
J/C-B
18 0.3 LT BLU
SRS C/U 0.3 0.3 TCM
WHT/ WHT/ 21
GRN BLK
2
0.5 0.3 BLK
W/S-C
BLK/
GRY
WHT 0.5 0.5
YEL LT BLU
0.5 0.5 1.25

BLK BLK BLK
13 11 12 2 1 7 4 5 B-79
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Class 2 Diagnostic Keyword Ground Ground

request request (EHCU) serial request serial Data
(SRS) (TCM or HSA) communication (ECM) communication Link B-1 J-9
(EHCU) (ECM, TCM or Connector Frame Frame
HSA & SRS) (DLC)
N6A6632E
8-103
18 B-51
Engine coolant
F-16 Fuse & Speedometer Tachometer temperature gauge
Instrument
METER Relay Box Exhaust Parking
MIL Glow Charge Panel
10A (Glove Box) Brake Brake Cluster
(IPC)
0.5
BLK/YEL
4HK1-TC Engine (6)
M/T M/T
17 8 B-52 4 B-55 5 B-51 13 B-51 15 B-52 6 B-51 4 B-51 5 B-51 10 B-51
0.5 0.3
0.5 Smoother Smoother 0.5
BLK/ YEL/ 0.3 0.3WHT/VIO
LT BLU WHT/BLU
YEL GRN WHT/
23 H-5 0.5 0.5 0.5 VIO
14 0.3
12 BLU/ ORN/ BLU/ Charge
W/S-M HSA C/U J/C-B LT GRN 0.3 Relay
RED BLU PNK WHT/
13 RED 3
0.3 0.5 Short
BLK/ LT BLU 4 Connector
YEL 0.3WHT/VIO
ECM 10 WITH W/O

31 H-5 25 H-5 3 H-8 7 H-14 24 40 7 8 H-5 HBB HBB
0.5 0.5
YEL/ WHT/ 0.5BRN Buzzer
0.5 0.5 YEL/GRN GRN 0.5 BLK Relay
0.5 2 1 J-128
GRN/
BLK/ LT BLU
YEL 0.5 YEL
BLK/
YEL HBB
Level
1 3 J-32 3 1 E-90 Switch
4 0.5 3 J-128 0.5

WHT/ BLK
RED
VSS ECT
Sensor 0.5 0.5 0.5 12 H-5
BLU/ ORN/ BLU/ 0.3
RED BLU PNK 0.3 WHT/BLK
0.5 WHT/
0.3
YEL/ 7 RED 8 X-33
LT GRN
2 J-32 GRN 2 E-90
0.5 Diode Box

0.5 BLK
BLK M/T
9 X-33 0.5 0.3
WHT/BLK H-12 WHT/BLK
19 H-5
3
ECM
H-12 1 N-6
1 H-5
0.5 5
0.5
BLK WHT/ Smoother
Parking
BLK
Brake
19 8 J-191 6 11 7 48 J-191 Switch
W/S-C
Parking
1.25 VSS Engine
Glow Exhaust brake
BLK signal speed
indicator brake switch
signal MIL
lamp lamp signal J-9
output control ECM
control control Frame
B-1
Frame
+B
N6A6633E
5V reference 2 5V reference 1
ECM
PTO
APP APP Idle up throttle
sensor 2 sensor 1 sensor sensor
signal signal signal signal
61 64 42 63 66 70 J-191
0.5 0.5
4HK1-TC Engine (7)
RED WHT
0.5
RED
0.5 0.5
RED WHT
12 13 1 11 H-4 1 2 H-4
BARO 0.5 0.5

Sensor RED BRN
IAT
Sensor 0.5
0.5 BLU/
BLU YEL
0.5
0.5 BLU/
0.5RED 0.5WHT BLU WHT
1 2 4 5 B-280 3 2 B-281 1 2 J-166
Idle PTO
APP APP
Up Throttle
Sensor 2 Sensor 1
Sensor Sensor
3 6 B-280 1 B-281 3 J-166

0.5BLK 0.5
BLU/
RED 0.5
BARO BLU/
Sensor RED
IAT
0.5 0.5
Sensor
BLK PNK/
BLK
4 14 10 3 H-4 3 H-4
0.5 0.5
BLK BLK 0.5 0.5
0.3
PNK/ 0.5 PNK/
BLK BLK
BLK PNK/
BLK
39 60 20 41 J-191
ECM
Shield ground Low reference Shield ground Low reference
N6A6657E
8-105
5V reference
5V reference 2 5V reference 1
ECM
APP APP IAT BARO

sensor 2 sensor 1 sensor sensor
61 64 PTO 42 63 72 71 J-191
0.5 0.5 0.5RED 0.5
4HK1-TC Engine (8)
Throttle
RED WHT 0.5RED WHT
Sensor
Idle UP 0.5
Sensor BRN/
0.5 GRN
RED/
GRN
12 13 1 11 H-4 15 H-4
0.5
0.5 BRN/
RED GRN
0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5 BLU/
RED WHT BLU WHT

1 2 4 5 B-280 1 J-190 3 2 B-422
APP APP BARO

IAT
Sensor 2 Sensor 1 Sensor
Sensor
3 6 B-280 2 J-190 1 B-422

0.5 0.5
BLK BLU/
RED
0.5 0.5
BLK BLK
4 14 10 3 H-4
0.5 0.5 0.5
BLK PTO
BLK PNK/BLK
Throttle
Sensor
Idle UP 0.3 0.5
Sensor BLK PNK/BLK
39 60 20 41 J-191
ECM
Shield ground Low reference Shield ground Low reference
N6A6635E
5V reference 4
ECM
Boost
pressure ECT FT
sensor sensor sensor
95 91 84 83 E-111
4HK1-TC Engine (9)
0.5 0.5
WHT RED
0.5 0.5
ECT Gauge GRN/ LT GRN/
3 4 H-105 YEL WHT
0.5
LT BLU
0.5 0.5
RED WHT
3 2 J-216 3 1 E-90 2 E-93
Boost FT
ECT
Pressure Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
1 J-216 2 E-90 1 E-93

0.5
BLK
12 8 H-105 0.5 0.5

BLK BLK
0.5
BLK
CKP 0.5
Sensor BLK
0.5
BLK
108 109 E-111
ECM
Shield ground Low reference
N6A6637E
8-107
+B 5V reference 5 +B
EGR FRP
valve EGR regulator
valve high side ECM
motor high FRP
side position sensor control
control sensor signal (PWM)
signal
111 86 87 82 90 E-111 113 105 E-111

4HK1-TC Engine (10)
0.5 0.5
WHT WHT 0.5 0.5
WHT/ WHT/
RED RED
0.5 0.5 0.5

BLK/ GRN/ WHT/
ORN BLU ORN
0.5
WHT/
RED
0.5
GRN/
BLU
4 1 3 E-94 3 2 E-113 1 E-116

EGR Valve EGR FRP FRP

Motor Position Sensor Sensor Regulator
6 2 E-94 1 E-113 2 E-116
0.5 0.5
BLK BRN 0.5
GRN/
RED
0.5 0.5
ORN
BRN
0.5 0.5
GRN/ GRN/
CMP
RED RED
Sensor
103 100 101 E-111 97 89 E-111
EGR
valve FRP
motor low regulator
ECM
side feedback
control Shield ground Low reference
(PWM)
N6A6636E
12V reference
ECM
CKP
sensor CMP
high sensor
signal signal
107 99 98 E-111
4HK1-TC Engine (11)
0.5 0.5 0.5

YEL BLU/ BLU/
BLK WHT
3 2 E-112
1 E-98
CKP CMP
Sensor Sensor
0.5
2 E-98 BLK 1 E-112
0.5BLK
0.5 0.5
BLK BLK
Boost
FRP
Pressure
Sensor
Sensor 0.5
0.5 ORN 0.5
BLK BLK
108 106 100 E-111
CKP
sensor
low
signal ECM
Shield ground Shield ground
N6A6634E
8-109
Charge voltage Charge voltage
(Common 1) (Common 2)
ECM
121 116
4HK1-TC Engine (12)
2 2
WHT RED
2 2 2
2
WHT WHT RED
RED
1 4 3 2 H-125
1 4 3 2 H-126
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

WHT 0.75 WHT WHT RED 0.75 RED RED
1 2 1 2
2 1 2 1
E-138 E-141 E-140 E-139
Cylinder #1 Cylinder #4 Cylinder #3 Cylinder #2

Fuel Fuel Fuel Fuel
Injector Injector Injector Injector
3 E-138 3 E-141 3 E-140 3 E-139
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

GRN BLK YEL BLU
5 8 7 6 H-126
5 8 7 6 H-125
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

GRN/ WHT/ BLK/ BLK
WHT YEL BLU
119 117 120 118
Cylinder #1 Cylinder #4 Cylinder #3 Cylinder #2

fuel fuel fuel fuel
injector injector injector injector
ECM
control control control control
N6A6638E
Ignition Switch
Thermo A/C Relay
SBF-3 Fuse & F-9 Fuse &

GLOW Relay Box ENG. (IG) Relay Box 0.85
60A (Behind the Cab) 10A (Glove Box) GRN/
WHT
0.5
YEL/
4HK1-TC Engine (13)
BLU
2 H-5
3 0.85
18 H-5
BLK/ GRN/
BLU 0.5 WHT
YEL/
BLK 1 J-6
0.5 YEL/BLK
3 4 X-20 A/C
Pressure
ECM Switch
Fuse &
Glow
Relay Box 2 B-84
Relay
(Behind the Cab)
2 J-6
0.85 PTO
2 5 X-20 GRN/ Switch
ORN 0.5
3 BLK
BLK/
YEL 0.85GRN/ORN
1 B-84
1 H-120 Refrigerator
Compressor
1 J-7 9 H-105
3 0.5 W/S-C
BLK/ BLU/
YEL 0.75 ORN
E-3 WHT/
0.5 RED
BLK/ 0.5
Glow RED 1 E-5
GRN/
Plug 1.25
ORN 8 H-4
1 BLK
A/C
Compressor
0.5
0.5 BLU/
PNK ORN
B-1
10 Frame
33 34 44 J-191
Refrigerator A/C PTO

switch signal switch
Glow plug signal signal
relay
control ECM
+B
N6A6639E
8-111
Tail Relay Heater Relay Ignition Switch
F-7 F-2 Fuse & Fuse &

TAIL FUEL F-9 F-28
ENG. (IG) Relay Box ECM Relay Box
LIGHT HEATER (Glove Box) (Behind the Cab)
10A 10A 10A 10A
0.85
4HK1-TC Engine (14)
LT GRN/ 0.85
RED LT GRN
4 2
J/C-D 1 J/C-2
9 5
4
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.85
BRN/ BRN/ YEL/
LT GRN/
BLK BLK BLU
RED
11 0.5 0.5 0.5
J/C-B LT GRN LT GRN LT GRN
5
0.5
LT GRN/
5 B-69
RED
2 3 B-31 1 B-89 2 J-50 1 J-31 1 J-40
Exhaust
Exhaust Intake
Engine Brake Clutch Neutral Brake Throttle
Warm up Switch Switch Switch Solenoid Solenoid
Switch (Combination
Valve Valve
Switch)
2 B-89 1 J-50 2 J-31 2 J-40

5 6 4 1 B-31
2 B-69
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
LT GRN LT GRN
BLK BLK 0.5 LT GRN/
/BLU /BLU
BRN/ WHT
0.5
LT GRN/ YEL
W/S-F W/S-C
RED
0.5
LT GRN/
BLU 0.5 0.5 2 H-105
3 1.25 BLK/ BLK
6 H-5 17 H-4
BLK BLK BLU
7 H-4 0.5
0.5 0.5 TCM LT GRN/
LT GRN/ BRN/
0.5 WHT
RED YEL
LT GRN/
B-7 BLU B-1
H/L 51 Frame 45 47 50 15 J-191 102 E-111
Bracket
Engine Exhaust Clutch Neutral

warm up brake switch switch Exhaust Intake
switch switch signal signal brake throttle
signal signal solenoid solenoid ECM
valve valve
control control
N6A6640E
4HK1-TC Engine (15)
Resistor 1
2 1 B-387
0.5 0.5
BLU/
BLU WHT
3 0.5
1 BLU/WHT B-427 CAN
J/C-F
2 high
2
TCM
6
4 CAN
J/C-F
0.5 BLU 3 low
5
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
7 8 H-8
Without ABS
0.5 0.5
BLU/
BLU WHT
0.5 0.5
BLU/WHT H-15 BLU/WHT J-177 CAN
5 14 high
CAN
0.5 BLU 10 0.5 BLU 15 low
0.5 0.5
BLU/ BLU EHCU
WHT 0.5 0.5
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT CAN
high
9 26
CAN
0.5 BLU 14 0.5 BLU 27 low
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
0.5
BLU/WHT J-191 CAN
18 high
ECM
CAN
0.5 BLU 37 low
0.5
0.5 BLU/
BLU WHT
5 6 H-8
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
3 0.5
2 BLU/WHT
J/C-R
1
DRM
6
5
J/C-R
0.5 BLU
4
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
2 1 B-431
Resistor 2
N6A6641E
For 4HE1-TC Engine
No. Connector Face

B-69 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
008-001
B-7
000-012
B-69 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
X-1 008-002
005-006
B-75
1 2
002-022
X-8
005-006
B-75
2 1
X-14 2 3 4
002-023
005-001
B-89 1
2
002-009
X-25
005-006
1
B-89
2
1
002-010
X-20 2 3
4 5
005-003
B-233 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
022-002
B-67 1 2
3 4
004-001
B-234 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
030-002
B-67 2 1
4 3
004-002
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-79 E-11 1 2
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
016-005 002-001
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 E-43

1 2 3
014-001 003-003
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
E-74
1
15 16
016-003 001-013
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10 E-76 1 2
3
16 15
016-004 003-004
1 2 3 4
H-13 5 6 7 8 J-9
9 10 11 12
012-001 000-001
4 3 2 1
H-13 8 7 6 5 J-23 1 2 3 4
12 11 10 9
012-002 004-009
E-2 1 2 J-31 1 2
002-013 002-011
E-3 J-31 2 1
000-009 002-012
J-131 1 2
P-1
002-011 000-004
J-131 2 1
P-4
002-012 000-004
J-145 1 2 P-2
002-014 000-006
J-146 1 2 P-3
002-015 000-006
J-41 1 2 P-5
002-015 000-002
H-5
J-40 1 2
002-015
J-105 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
002-016
J-147 1 2
002-017
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8 No. Connector Face
X-12 2 3 4
1 2 H-6 2 1 005-001
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
X-14 2 3 4
5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
005-001
N8A5489E X-20 2 3
4 5
For 4JH1 Engine

005-003
No. Connector Face
X-24
B-1
005-006
000-001
X-26
B-7
005-006
000-012
B-31 1 2 3
B-18 1 2 3 4
4 5 6
006-001
004-004
B-66 1 2
1
3 4
X-10 2 3 4
5
004-010
005-001
B-339 1 2
1
3 4
X-11 2 3 4
5
004-010
005-001
B-67 1 2
B-340
3 4 1 2
004-001 002-022
B-67 2 1 B-341 1
4 3 2
004-002 002-009
B-69 1 2 3 4 B-342 1
5 6 7 8 2
008-001 002-009
B-69 4 3 2 1 B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

8 7 6 5
008-002 014-001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-79 B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
016-005 012-005
1 2 3 4
B-89 H-14 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 10 11 12 13 14
15 16
002-019 016-003
113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106

4 3 2 1
121 120 119
105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 9 8 7 6 5
B-233 118 117 H-14 14 13 12 11 10
97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90
116 115 114
16 15
89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82
121-002 016-004
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4 1 2 3
B-234 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3 H-15 4 5 6
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 7 8
121-001 008-023
3 2 1
H-15 6 5 4 J-31 2 1
8 7
008-024 002-012
B-80 1 2 3 J-32 1 2 3
003-005 003-018
E-5 J-40 1 2
000-009 002-017
E-16 1 2 J-50
002-014 002-035
1 2 3 5
E-110 4 J-122
6 7 8 9 1
009-003 001-007
J-6 1 2 J-177
3 4
004-011 034-001
J-9 J-182
1 2 3 4 5
000-001 005-004
J-31 J-183
1 2 1 2 3
002-011 003-006
No. Connector Face H-6, H-7, H-8
P-1
000-002 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
P-2 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
000-002 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-4
N8A5489E
000-014
P-3
000-014
P-5
000-007
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
For 4HK1-TC Engine No. Connector Face
No. Connector Face
B-69 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
B-1
008-002
000-001
B-84 1 2 3
4 5 6
B-7
006-001
000-012
B-89 1
2
B-31 1 2 3
4 5 6 002-009
006-001
1
B-89
2
B-51
002-010
020-005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-79
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B-52
016-005
020-005
B-280 1 2 3
B-67 1 2
3 4 003-005
004-001
B-281
B-67 2 1
4 3
003-028
004-002
B-387
B-69 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 002-038
008-001
B-387 H-12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
002-039 022-002
1 2 3 4
B-422 H-15 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 10 11 12 13 14
15 16
002-027 016-003
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
B-427 H-15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15
017-001 016-004
3 2 1
B-431 H-105 6 5 4
002-038 006-026
B-431 H-105 1 2 3
4 5 6
002-039 006-027
H-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 H-120
10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1
020-002 001-023
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H-4 H-120 1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
020-003 001-022
H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
H-125 1 2 3 4
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 6 7 8
022-001 008-019
H-125 4 3 2 1 E-98
8 7 6 5
008-020 002-036
H-126 5 6 7 8 E-112
1 2 3 4
008-022 003-026
H-126 8 7 6 5 E-113
4 3 2 1
008-021 003-029
E-3 E-116
000-009 002-036
E-5 E-138
001-021 003-031
E-90 1 2
E-139
3
003-004 003-031
E-93 E-140
002-035 003-031
E-94 E-141
005-007 003-031
X-1 J-2
005-006 000-001
X-11 2 3 4 J-6 1 2
5
005-001 002-032
X-18 2 3 J-26
4 5
005-003 000-002
X-20 2 3 J-27
4 5
005-003 000-009
X-21 2 3 J-31 1 2
4 5
005-003 002-011
X-26 J-31 2 1
005-006 002-012
X-33 1 2 3 4 5 6 J-32 1 2 3
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
014-002 003-018
J-1 J-40 1 2
1 2
002-003 002-017
J-50 P-2
002-035 000-006
J-166 1 2 3
P-3
003-001 000-006
J-177 P-5
034-001
000-002
H-5
J-191
N-6 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 7
13
8
14
9
15
10
16
11
17
12
18
12
18
11
17
10
16
9
15
8
14
7
13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
002-022 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N-6
2 1
002-023
N8A5488E
P-1
000-004
P-4
000-004
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Engine Stop System

General Description
The circuit consists of starter switch and engine stop
motor.
The engine stop mechanism aims at shut-off of fuel sup-
ply.
Available are motor type and solenoid type depending
on the types of the engine mounted.
Motor type is forcible pull the injection pump control rack
to the direction of fuel supply reduction by means of en-
gine stop motor, thus shutting it off.
Solenoid type is to have the starter switch turn from
“ON” position to “OFF”, so that the solenoid valve fitted
to the injection pump closes to shut off the fuel circuit.
Engine stop system Engine model

Motor type 4HF1, 4HG1,4HE1
Solenoid type 4JB1, 4JG2
Parts Location
4JB1 / 4JG2 / 4HG1 (N-Spec) Engine
N8A0108E
4HF1 (S-Spec) / 4HG1 / 4HE1 Engine
(NKR)
J-34
(NPR/NQR)
J-34
F-9, F-13
N8A0450E
Circuit Diagram
N8A0109E
No. Connector Face
P-2
B-67 1 2
000-006
3 4
004-001
P-3
B-67 2 1
4 3 000-006
004-002
P-5
(12 V)
B-68 1 2
3 4 5 6 000-007
006-002
P-5
(24 V)
2 1
B-68
6 5 4 3 000-002
006-003
E-15 1
J-34 1 2 3
4 5 6 001-002
006-004
E-15 1
J-34 3 2 1
6 5 4 001-003
006-005
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
P-1
016-001
000-004
4 3 2 1
H-14 8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
P-4
016-002
000-004
H-5 H-6, H-7
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 H-7 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5488E N8A5489E
Function of Engine Stop Motor
N8A5127E
Solenoid Type
Starter Switch and Solenoid Valve
Turn the starter switch from “ON” position to “OFF”, and
then the solenoid valve fitted to the injection pump clos-
es to cut off the fuel circuit.
N8A0112E
Key position Solenoid valve

LOCK
Close
ACC
ON
Open
START
Headlight, Fog Light, Rear Fog Light and Cornering Light
General Description
The circuit consists of headlight, fog light, cornering light, starter switch, combination switch (Lighting switch, dimmer
/ passing switch, cornering light switch), fog light switch, rear fog light switch, rear fog light, high beam indicator light
and relay.
When the lighting SW is turned on by setting it at headlight position, the lighting relay is actuated to turn on the head-
light. The optical axis of the headlight can be turned up or down by operating the dimmer SW while headlight is on.
The passing SW is independent of the lighting SW, and the optical axis of the passing light can be turned up only
while the switch lever is pulled up and held in this state.
Fog light turns on by switching it to “ON” position to activate relay only while lighting SW is on. Rear fog light turns on
by switching it to “ON” position to activate relay only while lighting SW is at headlight position.
When the headlight is on, turn the turn-signal switch left or right, and then the cornering switch built in the combination
switch turns on, followed by the cornering light turning on.
Lighting Circuit
CORNERING LIGHT HEADLIGHT FOG LIGHT REAR FOG LIGHT
Battery (+)
Starter sw.(ON)
Headlight Tail
Lighting sw. relay relay
OFF RR FOG
Cornering
light relay Rear
fog light
relay
Headlight
Cornering
light sw. Fog light
LO HI sw.
Dimmer sw.
Cornering Rear
Fog light fog light
light Dimmer
L H
relay
N8A5573E
Notice:
Arrow marks indicate the direction of current.
X-6 DIMMER RELAY
X-9 CORNERING LIGHT RELAY
Parts Location
X-4 TAIL RELAY

X-3 HEADLIGHT RELAY
F-6, F-7, F-8, F-16,

F-23, F-24, F-27
B-7
B-73 HEADLIGHT (RH)
FL-1, FL-2, FL-4 FUSIBLE LINK

X-23 REAR FOG LIGHT RELAY
B-4 HEADLIGHT (LH)
N8A0114E
FL-2 50A
KEY SW
3W/B
2L
8W 5W 2 8W/B 3W/B
H-6
P-3 P-1
FL-1 100A STARTER SW
P-4 P-2 1
3W/B
3W/B
MAIN
Circuit Diagram
H-7 OFF
2W/R 2 2W/R 2 1
H-7
4JH1 ACC
X-14 X-14
3W/L
FL-4 30A 2 B2
B-67 ON 3
HEAD LAMP B-67
2 1 RELAY; TAIL
P-5 ST
X-3 X-3
3B/Y
FRAME X-14 X-14
4 5
F-16 10A
X-3 X-3
METER
RELAY; HEAD LIGHT

4 5
4JH1: 3W
4HG1-T: 3W
0.3R
4JB1, 4JB1-TC: 3L
2R
LIGHTING SW DIODE 4JH1: 3W
For 12 Volt (Except NKR77 for Taiwan)
0.3R
0.5B/Y
OFF 3 4HG1-T: 3W
B-18 0.3G/O 4JB1, 4JB1-TC: 3L
H 1 2
B-70 B-18 2R
0.3L/R 10A: 4JB1,
T 8 B-18 F-6
B-70 1 F-24 10A F-23 10A F-7 10A 4JB1-TC / 4JH1
HEAD LIGHT(LH) HEAD LIGHT TAIL LIGHT F-8 10A: 4HG1-T
(RH)
0.5R/L FRT FOG LIGHT,
0.3G/O CORNERING LAMP
2 1
7 0.85R 0.85LG/R
0.85R/L
B-70 X-9 X-9
0.3L
0.85LG/R
Hu 10
0.85V
B-70 RELAY;
LH RH
CORNERING LIGHT
4
B-70 3 3
COMBINATION SW
E2
X-9 X-9
0.5R/W
B-4 B-73
LO HIGH PASS 2 3
4 5
B-87 B-87
HI
HI
CORNERING LIGHT SWITCH
LO
LO
2
B-70
HEADLIGHT
HEADLIGHT
0.5R/B B-4 B-4 B-73 B-73

1 2 2 1
LH
RH
FOG LIGHT SW
B-87 B-87
1.25R/Y 1.25R/Y 5 6
0.3R/L
0.85R/G 0.85R/G
B-70 B-70
2 1 3
FRT. COMBINATION LIGHT (LH) (4)
11 9
1.25B
0.5R/G
X-6 X-6 X-6

10
0.5P
0.5P/B
H L RELAY; DIMMER B-55
0.85R/G
3 3
0.85R/G
B-5 B-74 X-6 X-6

4 5 1 1
B-52
LIGHT (METER)
B-3 B-72
(LH)
(RH)
10
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
B-5 B-74
CORNERING LIGHT
1.25B
1 1
0.85B
(FRT. COMBINATION LIGHT)

FOG LIGHT (LH)
FOG LIGHT (RH)
B-3 B-72
2 2
0.85B
0.85B
0.85B
0.5B
0.5B
0.5B

5B
HEADLIGHT B-7
BRACKET (LH)
3B
N8A0115E
8-135
FL-2 40A
KEY SW
3W/B
For 24 Volt
2L
5W 2 5W/B 3W/B
H-6
P-1
FL-1 100A or 120A
1 STARTER SW
P-2 MAIN
2W/R 2 2W/R H-7 OFF
H-7
ACC
FL-4 30A
3W/L
HEAD LAMP 2 B2
B-67 ON 3
3W/B
3W/B
2 1 B-67
X-3 X-3 ST 2 1
P-3
3B/Y
X-4 X-4
P-4
RELAY; TAIL
X-3 X-3 F-16 10A
RELAY; HEAD LIGHT

4 5 METER X-4 X-4
F-7 10A
4 5
TAIL LIGHT
3W FRT. COMBINATION
P-5
LIGHT (LH) (4)
0.3R
2R
FRAME
LIGHTING SW DIODE F-8 10A
0.3R
0.5B/Y
FRT FOG LIGHT,
OFF 3
B-18 CORNERING LAMP
H 1 2
B-70 B-18 2R/W
0.3L/R
T 8 B-18
B-70 1 F-24 10A F-23 10A
HEAD LIGHT HEAD LIGHT
(LH) (RH)
0.5R/L
0.3G/O
2 1
7
0.85R
0.85R/L
B-70 X-9 X-9
0.3L
10
0.85LG/R
0.85LG/R
Hu
B-70 RELAY;
LH RH
CORNERING LIGHT
4 3 2
B-70 3 3
COMBINATION SW
E2 B-87 B-87
X-9 X-9
0.5R/W
B-4 B-73
LO HIGH PASS
4 5
HI
HI
CORNERING LIGHT SWITCH

LO
LO
2
B-70
HEADLIGHT
HEADLIGHT
FOG LIGHT SW
0.5R/B B-4 B-4 B-73 B-73 B-87 B-87

1 2 2 1 6 5
LH
RH
0.5B
0.85R/Y 0.85R/Y
0.3R/L
0.85R/G
0.5R/G 0.5R/G
B-70 B-70
11 9 2 1 3
1.25B
0.5R/G
X-6 X-6 X-6

10
0.5P
0.5P/B
0.85R/G
H L RELAY; DIMMER B-55

3 3 1 1
B-5 B-74 X-6 X-6 B-3 B-72
4 5
B-52
LIGHT (METER)
(LH)
(RH)
10
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
B-5 B-74
FOG LIGHT (LH)
FOG LIGHT (RH)
B-3 B-72
CORNERING LIGHT
1 1 0.85B 2 2
0.85B
(FRT. COMBINATION LIGHT)

0.5B
0.85B
0.85B
0.5B
0.85B
2B
5B
HEADLIGHT B-7
BRACKET (LH) 3B
N8A0386E
2W
8W 5W 2 8W/B
H-6
F-27 (15A)
2L
FL-1 100A FOG LIGHT (REAR)
P-3 P-1
MAIN
2W/R 2 2W/R
P-4 P-2 H-7
FL-4 30A
3W/B
3W/B
HEAD LAMP 2 1 2 1
4JH1
X-3 X-3 X-4 X-4
With Rear Fog Light
P-5
FRAME
RELAY; TAIL
X-3 X-3 X-4 X-4
RELAY; HEAD LIGHT

4 5 4 5
LIGHTING SW
4JB1, 4JB1-TC: 3L
2R
OFF RR FOG
4JH1: 3W
0.85LG/W
H 1 0.3R
B-70 2R
T 8 0.3G/O
B-70 F-24 10A F-23 10A F-6 10A F-7 10A
HEAD LIGHT HEAD LIGHT FRT FOG LIGHT, TAIL LIGHT
(LH) (RH) CORNERING LAMP
0.85V
7 0.3R
0.85LG/R
B-70
0.85R
0.85R/L
COMBINATION SW
Hu 10 0.5LG/R 0.85LG/R
B-70
LH RH
4 3 2 1
B-70 3 3
E2 B-87 B-87 B-87
0.5R/W
B-4 B-73
LO HIGH PASS
HI
HI
LO
LO
HEADLIGHT
HEADLIGHT
0.85LG/R
B-4 B-4 B-73 B-73 B-87 B-87 B-87

FOG LIGHT SWITCH
LIGHT (LH) (4)
1 2 2 1 6 5 4
B-70
0.85R/G
FRT. COMBINATION
14 1.25R/Y
0.5R/L
1.25R/Y
0.85R/G
0.85R/G 0.85R/G 0.85R/G 4 1

2 1 3
H-5
1.25B
X-23 X-23
0.5R/G
X-6 X-6 X-6
0.85R/G
0.5GR/B
10 1 1
RELAY; DIMMER
RELAY;
H L B-55 B-3 B-72
X-23 X-23
H-8 X-6 X-6
RR FOG LIGHT
2 5
5 4 5
0.5B
B-52 B-3 B-72
LIGHT (METER)
3B
FOG LIGHT (LH)
FOG LIGHT (RH)
10 2 2 0.85LG/R
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

0.85R/G
1.25B
0.5G/R
0.5B
H-8
0.5GR/B 3
H-16
1.25B 0.85B
0.5R/G
0.5B
2B
0.85R/G
4
LICENSE LIGHT
0.5B
1
INDICATOR
5B R-12
LIGHT (METER)

RR FOG 10
3B LIGHT
R-12
2B 1.25B 1.25B 0.85B 2

7
FRAME-LH (CENTER) J-9 H-16
0.5R
N8A0117E
8-137
No. Connector Face

1
2 3
B-4
B-1
003-007
000-001
1
2 3
B-73
J-61
003-007
000-001
B-5 1 2
3 4
B-3 1 2
004-012
002-001
2 1
B-5
4 3
B-3 2 1
004-013
002-002
B-74 1 2
3 4
B-72 1 2
004-012
002-001
2 1
B-74
4 3
B-72 2 1
004-013
002-002
B-18 1 2 3 4
R-12 1 2
004-004
002-001
B-7
R-12 2 1
000-012
002-002
X-3 B-55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
005-006 012-004
X-4 B-67 1 2
3 4
005-006 004-001
X-6 B-67 2 1
4 3
005-006 004-002
X-9 B-70 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
005-006 014-002
6 5 4 3 2 1
X-23 B-70
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
005-006 014-003
B-153 1 2 3 B-87 1 2 3
4 5 6 4 5 6
006-007 006-006
B-154 H-16 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
000-016 008-003
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 H-16 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
012-005 008-004
P-1
(12 V)
000-003 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
P-2 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
000-004
P-1
(24 V) N8A5489E
000-004
P-4
000-004
P-2
(24 V)
000-006
P-3
000-006
P-5
(12 V)
000-007
P-5
(24 V)
000-002
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Point
1. Headlight
Check point
Fus-
Dim- Headlight
Fuse ible
Head- Light- mer / Dim- bulb Cable
link
light ing Pass- mer har-
F-6 relay SW ing relay ness
F-23 F-24 FL-4
F-8 SW LH RH
(10 A) (10 A) (30A)
(10 A)
1-1. Both Head-
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
lights inopera-
(2) (1) (4) (3)
tive
1-2. Headlight
on the left (or ❍ ❍ ❍
right) side inop- (1) ((1)) (2)
erative
1-3. Headlight in
❍ ❍
low-beam inop-
(1) (2)
erative
1-4. Headlight in
❍ ❍
high-beam inop-
(1) (2)
erative
1-5. Headlight
Trouble on the left (or
mode ❍ ❍ ❍
right) side in low
(1) ((1)) (2)
(or high)-beam
inoperative
1-6. Headlight
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
beam does not
(1) (2) (3) (4)
change
1-7. Headlights
remain on when ❍ ❍ ❍
the lighting (1) (2) (3)
switch turned off
1-8. Headlights
come on with
❍
the lighting SW
(1)
at the clearance
light position
Notice:
Figure in parenthesis “( )” indicates the order of inspection.
2. Fog Light
Check point
Fuse Fog light
Tail- Fog
F-6 (10 A): 4JH1,4JB1, 4JB1- bulb Cable
light light
TC harness
relay SW LH RH
F-8 (10 A): 24V, 4HG1-T (12 V)
2-1. Both fog lights inopera-
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
tive (while lighting switch is
(1) (2) (3) (4)
on)
Trouble 2-2. Fog light on the left (or
❍ ❍ ❍
mode right) side inoperative (while
(1) ((1)) (2)
lighting switch is on)
❍ ❍ ❍
2-3. Fog lights remain on
(1) (2) (3)
Notice:
3. Cornering Light
Check point
Fuse
F-6 : 4JH1,4JB1,4JB1- Cornering Cornering Cornering Cable
F-16 light SW light bulb light relay harness
TC
(10 A)
F-8 : 24V,4HG1-T(12V)
3-1. Both corner-
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
ing lights inoper-
(2) (1) (5) (3) (4)
ative
3-2. Cornering
light on the left ❍ ❍ ❍
(or right) side (2) (1) (3)
Trouble
inoperative
mode
3-3. Cornering
light remains on
even when steer- ❍
ing wheel is in (1)
the straight
ahead position
4. Rear Fog Light
Check point
Fuse Rear fog Rear fog Rear fog Cable
F-27 (15 A) light SW light relay light bulb harness
Trouble 4-1. Rear fog light inoperative ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
mode (while headlight is ON) (2) (4) (3) (1) (5)
1. Headlight
1-1. Both Headlights Inoperative
N8A0118E
1-2. Headlight on The Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
• IS FUSE F-24 OR F-23 (10A) NORMAL?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE FUSE

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN FUSE F-24 (10A) AND
3 B-4 (OR 3 B-148 ) OR FUSE F-23 (10A) AND 3 B-73
(OR 3 B-150 )
N8A0119E
1-3. Headlight in Low-beam Inoperative
N8A0120E
1-4. Headlight in High-beam Inoperative
• IS FUSE F-6 OR F-8 CONNECTED?
YES NO
• IS THE DIMMER RELAY NORMAL? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE DIMMER / PASSING SW REPLACE THE RELAY

CONNECTOR
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN SW SIDE
CONNECTORS 4 B-70 AND 10 B-70 WHEN THE SW IS
AT HIGH-BEAM POSITION?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE HEADLIGHT RELAY REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SW

• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN CHASSIS SIDE
CONNECTORS 10 B-70 AND 5 X-3 ?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1 X-6 AND 2 B-74 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
BETWEEN 10 B-70 AND 5 X-3
N8A0121E
1-5. Headlight on The Left (or Right) Side in Low (or High)-beam Inoperative
• IS THE BULB NORMAL?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE BULB

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
[LOW BEAM]
BETWEEN 1 B-4 (OR 1 B-73 ) AND 3 X-6
[HIGH BEAM]
BETWEEN 2 B-4 (OR 2 B-73 ) AND 1 X-6
N8A0122E
1-6. Headlight Beam Does Not Change
N8A0123E
1-7. Headlight Remains On when the Lighting SW is Turned Off
• IS THE LIGHTING RELAY NORMAL?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE LIGHTING SW CONNECTOR REPLACE THE LIGHTING RELAY

• IS THE CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE SWITCH
CONNECTOR TERMINALS 1 B-70 AND 4 B-70
NORMAL?
YES NO
REPAIR A SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN 4 X-3 AND REPAIR OR REPLACE THE LIGHTING SW
1 B-70
N8A0124E
1-8. Headlight Comes On with The Lighting SW at The Clearance Light Position
• DISCONNECT THE LIGHTING SW CONNECTOR

• WITH THE LIGHTING SW AT THE CLEARANCE LIGHT
POSITION, IS THE CONTINUITY BETWEEN 1 B-70
AND 4 B-70 NORMAL?
(NO CONTINUITY NORMAL)
NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE LIGHTING SW
N8A0125E
2. Fog Light
2-1. Both Fog Lights Inoperative (While Lighting Switch is On)
• IS FUSE F-6 (10A) OR F-8 (10A) NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THE TAIL RELAY NORMAL? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• REMOVE THE FOG LIGHT SW REPLACE THE RELAY

• WHEN THE SWITCH IS "ON", IS THERE CONTINUITY
BETWEEN THE SWITCH CONNECTOR TERMINALS
3 B-87 AND 6 B-87 ?
YES NO
• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN THE REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SW

HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 3 B-87 AND THE
GROUND, WHILE THE LIGHTING SW IS ON?
(LIGHTING OPERATION IS NORMAL)
YES NO
• REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 6 B-87 AND 1 B-3 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
8 B-70 AND 5 X-15
N8A0126E
2-2. Fog Light on The Left (or Right) Side Inoperative (While Lighting Switch is On)
• IS THE BULB NORMAL?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE BULB

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 2 B-3 AND B-7
(2 B-72 AND B-7 )
N8A0127E
Notice:
Figures in parenthesis “( )” indicate place of inspection for the fog light on the right.
2-3. Fog Light Remains On
• DO THE TAILLIGHTS GO OFF?
YES NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE FOG LIGHT SWITCH REPLACE THE TAIL RELAY
N8A0128E
3. Cornering Light
3-1. Both Cornering Lights Inoperative
N8A0129E
3-2. Cornering Light on The Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
N8A5149E
Notice:
Figures in parenthesis “( )” indicate place of inspection for the cornering light on the right.
3-3. Cornering Light Remains on Even when Steering Wheel is in Straight Ahead Position
• DOES THE CORNERING LIGHT SWITCH OPERATE

SMOOTHLY?
NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE CORNERING LIGHT

SWITCH (COMBINATION SWITCH)
N8A0131E
4. Rear Fog Light
4-1. Rear Fog Light Inoperative (while Headlight is On)
• IS THE REAR FOG LIGHT BULB NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS FUSE FOG LIGHT (REAR) F-27 (15A) NORMAL? REPLACE THE BULB
YES NO
• IS J-9 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• ARE THE REAR FOG LIGHT AND HEAD LIGHT RELAYS GROUND IT SECURELY
NORMAL?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH REPAIR OR REPLACE THE RELAY
CONNECTOR
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE SWITCH
CONNECTORS 1 B-70 AND 14 B-70 WHEN THE
SWITCH IS ON?
YES NO
• RECONNECT THE RELAYS AND REAR FOG LIGHT REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH
SWITCH CONNECTOR
• IS THERE A BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN
SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 1 B-70 AND
GROUND WHEN REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH IS ON?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
4 X-3 AND 1 B-70
CONTINUED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
N8A0132E
N8A0133E
Starter Switch
High Beam Indicator Light

Refer to “METER AND WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHT”
in this section. 1 2 3
Headlight Bulb Replacement

Removal
1. Remove the battery ground cable at the battery.
2. Remove the headlight assembly. (Refer to ‘Head-
light Replacement’ below.)
3. Remove the headlight bulb.
• Remove the dust cover (3).
• Remove the clip (1).
• Remove the headlight bulb (2).
N8A5468E
Caution:
Do not touch the glass portion of the bulb with your fin- Installation
gers. 1. Install the headlight bulb.
• Set the headlight bulb (2).
• Fix the headlight bulb with clip (1).
• Install the dust cover (3).
2. Install the headlight assembly.
(Refer to ‘Headlight Replacement’ below.)
3. Connect the battery ground cable at the battery.
4. Check if the light lights.
• Remove the front combination light connector.
4. Remove the front grille (4).
• Remove the bolt at the center of the front grille.
• Remove the four clips securing the front grille.
• The grille is secured by 4 clips (2 clips at the in-
1 2 3
side of each headlight). Pull the grille toward
you to remove it.
5. Remove the front corner panel.
6. Remove the headlight (1).
• Remove the four bolts securing the headlight
(loosen the fixing bolts at the bottom of the front
side panel to create working space).
• Remove the headlight clips.
• Remove the headlight connector.
N8A5468E 1 2
Caution:
Do not touch the glass portion of the new bulb with your
fingers.
Headlight Replacement
Removal
Preparation: Disconnect the battery ground cable.
1. Remove the battery ground cable at the battery. 3
2. Remove the seal rubber (3).
• Remove the seal rubber from beneath the
headlight.
3. Remove the front combination light (2). 4
• Open the cab door. Insert a screwdriver (1) into
the space between the cab and the cab door. N8A5472E
Use the screwdriver to force out the stud pin at

the center of the grommet (the pin securing the Installation
front combination light). 1. Assemble the headlight assembly (1).
• Connect the connector.
• Fix it to body panel with four bolts (5).
2. Assemble the front panel side.
(Refer to “DOOR” in section 2.)
3. Install the front grille (4).
4. Install the front combination assembly (2).
Door side Cab side
1) Position it by aligning two pawls with the groove
of H/L.
2) Fit the iron PIN in the upper portion by aligning
it with the center of corresponding grommet.
Notice:
Push it into securely with a force of approx. 250 N (25
kgf) until click is heard.
3) Pull the front combination light assembly lightly
1 toward the front of vehicle to make sure that the
PIN and grommet are engaged securely.
N8A5471E
4) Tighten one bolt (6) in the lower portion of front
• Remove the fixing screw. combination light assembly.
• Remove the two catches. 5) Hook the seal rubber (3) on two projections un-
der H/L.
5. Connect the battery ground cable.
6. Check the operation and lighting of each lamp.
1 2
6
3
5 N8A5474E
4 Horizontal Adjustment
N8A0441E
Insert the tip of a screwdriver into the hole beneath the
Aiming of Headlight headlight (the shaft of the screwdriver must be slanted
up) until contact is made with the head of the adjusting
Preparation: Place the unloaded vehicle on a level sur-
screw. Turn the screw to adjust headlight focus to the
face and check to see if the inflation pressure of the tires
left or right.
is correct, the lenses are clean, and the battery is suffi-
ciently charged. Adjust the aim with the headlight tester.
When adjusting, follow the procedure of the tester man-
ufacturer’s.
N8A5475E
Cornering Light Bulb Replacement

N8A5473E
Removal
Vertical Adjustment 2. Remove the front combination light.
Insert the tip of a screwdriver into the hole beneath the • Open the cab door. Insert a screwdriver (1) into
headlight (the shaft of the screwdriver must be slanted the space between the cab and the cab door.
up) until contact is made with the head of the adjusting Use the screwdriver to force out the stud pin at
screw. Turn the screw to adjust headlight focus up or the center of the grommet (the pin securing the
down. front combination light).
Two vertical aim screws should be turned in the same
direction at the same time to adjust aiming.
Door side Cab side
1
2
N8A5471E N8A0442E
• Remove the fixing screw. 2. Installation procedure of front combination light as-
• Remove the two catches. sembly
• Remove the front combination light (1) connec- • Connect the connector of the front combination
tor. light assembly.
• Position it by aligning two pawls with the groove
of H/L.
• Fit the iron PIN (1) in the upper portion of the
side by aligning it with the center of correspond-
ing grommet.
Notice:
3 • Pull the front combination light assembly lightly
1 toward the front of vehicle to make sure that the
• Tighten one bolt in the lower portion of front
combination light assembly.
3. Hook the seal rubber on two projections under H/L.
2 5. Check lighting of each light.
N8A5477E
3. Remove the cornering light bulb.

• Turn the cornering / clearance bulb socket (3)
to the left to remove it.
• Press the bulb (2) in and turn it to the left to re-
move it from the socket.
Installation
1. Install the cornering / clearance bulb.
• While pressing the bulb (2), turn it clockwise to
fit.
Notice:
Do not let the glass portion dirty with sebum etc.
• Turn the bulb socket (3) clockwise to fit.
Fog Light Bulb
Removal
1
2. Remove the four screws (1) to remove the cover
which holds fog light assembly (2).
3. Remove the connector (3).
4. Remove the fog light assembly (2).
N8A0443E
2. Connect the two locations of connector (4).

3. Install the fog light assembly.
• Hold the fog light (2) with right and left covers
(1) and secure it with four screws (3).
3 2
Notice:
Make sure that “TOP” mark on the lens comes upside.
1 N8A5478E
5. Bulb 5. Check lighting.
• Push the clip (1) inward as arrow to remove.
• Remove the bulb (2).
1
2
4
2
3 N8A0444E
N8A5479E
Installation
1. Install the fog light bulb.
• Set the fog light bulb (2).
• Hook the clip (1) to secure fog light bulb.
Fog Light Switch
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals
while operating the switch.
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
N8A0435E
Removal
Preparation: N8A0436E
Installation
1. Meter Cluster
Refer to “METER AND WARNING/INDICATOR To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
LIGHT” in this section.
2. Fog Light Switch
Release the lock pushing the switch from the back
side of the meter cluster.
Combination Switch (Lighting Switch, Dimmer, Passing Switch, Cornering Light Switch and Rear
Fog Light Switch)
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals while operating the switch.
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is found abnormal.
Terminal No.
1 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
SW position
Lighting SW
REAR FOG
SW
OFF
High beam
Passing
Turning left
Cornering
light SW Neutral
Turning
right
N8A0143E
Removal 4. Combination Switch

Preparation: 1) Remove the four screws.
Disconnect the battery ground cable. 2) Disconnect the connector.
1. Horn Pad
1) Hold the horn pad and pull it upward.
2. Steering Wheel
1) Remove the steering shaft nut.
2) Remove the steering wheel by using steering
wheel remover.
(Refer to Section 3B4 “STEERING COLUMN”
for steering wheel removal steps.)
3. Steering Cowl
Remove the four screws.
Operation of The Circuit
Notice:
1. When headlight leveling SW is turned to “1” posi-
tion
STARTER SW "ON"
HEADLIGHT LEVELING HEADLIGHT LEVELING

ACTUATOR - LH ACTUATOR - RH
N8A0144E
Installation
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order, 0
1 2 3 HEADLIGHT
noting the following point. LEVELING SW
1. Tighten the steering shaft nut to the specified

torque.
N8A0145E
Tighten:
Shaft nut to 49 N⋅m (5 kg⋅m / 36 lb⋅ft) 2. When headlight leveling SW is turned to “0” posi-
tion
Headlight Leveling
General Description STARTER SW "ON"
The circuit consists of starter SW, headlight leveling SW

and headlight leveling actuator.
When the headlight leveling SW is operated with the
starter SW at ON position, the actuator is operated to
change the angle of the optical axis of the headlight.
HEADLIGHT LEVELING HEADLIGHT LEVELING
ACTUATOR - LH ACTUATOR - RH
1 2 3
0 HEADLIGHT
LEVELING SW
N8A0146E
X-11 (24V) RELAY BOX ASM (No.1)
KEY ON RELAY
HEADLIGHT LEVELING RESISTOR
F-12
Parts Location
X-1 (24V) DC-DC CONVERTER (24V ONLY)

KEY ON RELAY
STARTER SW
B-7
N8A0147E
2L
ACG B
3W/L For 12 Volt

FL-1 100A(12V)
2L MAIN
FUSE BLOCK STARTER SW RELAY; KEY ON
Circuit Diagram
P-3 P-1
P-4 P-2 FL-2 50A(12V) 1 3L
ACC X-1
KEY SW 2
X-1
3W/B 1 3W/L 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y 3B/Y 5 3 0.5B
4JH1 B-67 X-1 X-1
ST
P-5 FRAME
F-12 10A
H/LAMP LEVEL
0.5R/W
0.5R/W
SW; H/L LEVELING R1

10 0.5O/G 2 1 0.5R/W
B-156 B-421 B-421
R2
4 0.5O/B 3
9
0.5R/W
3 B-156 B-421
R3
0.5R/Y 4 2 8 0.5O/W 4
B-156 B-156 B-421
R4
RESISTOR;
H/L LEVELING
1 7 0.5O/L 5
0.5B 0.5B B-156 B-421
0.5R/Y
0 R5 R6
2 3 1 2 3 1
6 0.5O 6 14 0.5B
B-152 B-152 B-152 B-155 B-155 B-155 B-156 B-421 B-421
ACTUATOR; HLL (RH) ACTUATOR; HLL (LH)

(AS SIDE HEAD LAMP) (DR SIDE HEAD LAMP)
N8A0148E
8-161
3W/B
ACG B
For 24 Volt
FL-1 100A or 120A

3W/L
2L MAIN
5W/B
FUSE BLOCK STARTER SW RELAY; KEY ON
P-1
P-2 FL-2 40A 1 3L
KEY SW ACC X-11
2
X-11
3W/B 1 3W/L 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y 3B/Y 5 3 0.5B
B-67 X-11 X-11
ST
F-12 10A
P-3 H/LAMP LEVEL
P-4
P-5 FRAME
0.5L/O 1 3
B-420 B-420
CONVERTER;
6 DC-DC(HLL) 2
B-420 B-420
0.5R/W
0.5B/W
SW; H/L LEVELING R1

10 0.5O/G 2 1 0.5R/W
B-156 B-421 B-421
R2
4 0.5O/B 3
9
0.5R/W
0.5B/W
3 B-156 B-421
R3
0.5R/Y 4 2 8 0.5O/W 4
B-156 B-156 B-421
R4
RESISTOR;
H/L LEVELING
1 7 0.5O/L 5
B-156 B-421
0.5R/Y
0 R5 R6
2 3 1 2 3 1
6 0.5O 6 14 0.5B/W
B-152 B-152 B-152 B-155 B-155 B-155 B-156 B-421 B-421
ACTUATOR; HLL (RH) ACTUATOR; HLL (LH)

(AS SIDE HEAD LAMP) (DR SIDE HEAD LAMP)
N8A0388E
No. Connector Face
P-5
B-7
000-007
000-012
B-420 1 2 3
(24 V) 4 5 6
B-67 1 2
3 4 006-019
004-001
B-421 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B-67 2 1
4 3
014-002
004-002
X-1
(12V)
B-152 1 2
3 005-006
003-016
X-11 1
2 3 4
(24 V)
5
B-155 1 2
3 005-001
003-016
H-7
B-156 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
010-002
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
P-1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
000-004 H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-2
N8A5489E
000-003
Diagnosis
Quick Chart for Check Points
Check point
Headlight Headlight
Fuse Cable
leveling leveling
F-12 (10 A) harness
switch actuator
1. Both actuators inoperative ❍ ❍ ❍
2. Actuator on the left (right) side inop-
Trouble ❍ ❍
erative
mode
3. When leveling SW is turned to a
❍ ❍ ❍
certain position, actuator inoperative
1. Both Actuators Inoperative
• IS FUSE F-12 (10A) NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS B-7 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• TURN THE STARTER SW TO ON POSITION GROUND IT SECURELY

• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN THE
FUSE TERMINAL AND THE GROUND?
YES NO
• IS THE CONTINUITY IN THE HEADLIGHT LEVELING REPAIR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN STARTER
SW NORMAL? SW AND FUSE F-12 (10A)
YES NO
• IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN 6 B-156 AND THE REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH
GROUND?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN FUSE F-20 AND 6 B-156 AND B-7
1 B-155 (1 B-152 )
N8A0149E
2. Actuator on the Left (Right) Side Inoperative
• IS THE ACTUATOR ON THE LEFT (RIGHT) SIDE

NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN 6 B-155 REPLACE THE ACTUATOR

(6 B-152 ) AND THE GROUND?
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN F-12 (10A) AND CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1 B-155 (1 B-152 ) BETWEEN 6 B-155 (6 B-152 ) AND B-7
N8A0150E
3. When Headlight Leveling SW is Turned to A Certain Position, Actuator Inoperative
• IS THE CONTINUITY IN THE HEADLIGHT LEVELING

SW NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THE ACTUATOR ON THE LEFT (RIGHT) SIDE REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH
NORMAL?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE ACTUATOR

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT
(REFER TO THE FOLLOWING PAGE)
N8A0151E
Inspect and repair the circuit that is corresponding to the
headlight leveling switch position where the actuator be-
comes inoperative.
Actuator - LH
Headlight leveling
Circuit
SW position
1 Between 3 B-156 and 3 B-155
Actuator - RH
Headlight leveling
Circuit
SW position
1 Between 3 B-156 and 3 B-152 N8A5175E
2 Between 2 B-156 and 4 B-152 Installation

3 Between 1 B-156 and 5 B-152 To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
0 Between 4 B-156 and 2 B-152 Headlight Leveling Actuator
Inspection
Starter Switch
Apply the battery voltage to the connector terminals and
Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this manual. check its function.
Headlight Leveling Switch This actuator has a mechanism that the angle of head-
light leveling varies according to input voltage of SIG-
Inspection NAL.
Check the continuity between the switch connector ter- 1. Make sure that the voltage specified in table is out-
minals. put to vehicle harness connector which will be con-
Repair or replace the switch when the result of inspec- nected to actuator.
tion is found abnormal. If the power supply is not 12 V, the SIGNAL output
varies in proportion to its voltage.
B-156 2. Connect the connector of actuator and vehicle har-
ness connector.
Make sure that the reflector of headlight moves to
4 3 2 1
Switch side
the position indicated by HEAD LAMP LEVELING
10 9 8 7 6 5 SW.
Terminal No.
SW 1 2 3 4 6
position
0
1 B-152 B-155
3 1 2 Actuator side
3
N8A0152E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Switch Bezel
2. Headlight Leveling Switch N8A0154E
Disconnect the connector.
1 2 3
SIGNAL − +
Input signal
voltage ratio
for SIGNAL
when the volt-
age difference
− +
between posi-
tive and nega-
tive is
specified as
100%
Position 10.0% (1.2 V) 0V 12 V
0
Position 23.4% (2.8 V) 0V 12 V
1
HEAD
Position 36.7% (4.4 V) 0V 12 V
LAMP
2
POSITION
Position 50.0% (6.0 V) 0V 12 V
3
Position 63.4% (7.6 V) 0V 12 V
4
Caution:
1. For vehicles with 12 V and 24 V, this leveling input
voltage is 12 V.
2. Input to SIGNAL must be less than 65% of the in-
put voltage to positive terminal.
Clearance Light, Taillight, License Plate Light and Illumination Light
General Description
The circuit consists of the lighting switch, clearance light, taillight, license plate light and the illumination light for each
of switch, meter and ashtray.
All these lights come on when the lighting switch is turned on with the switch to either clearance or headlight position.
Lighting Circuit
N8A0156E
X-4 TAIL RELAY Parts Location
F-7 B-33 HEATER

BEZEL SW B-46 ASHTRAY
ROOF MARKER
LIGHT (RH)
(FOR EC / TURKEY
N2 CATEGORY ONLY)
ROOF MARKER
LIGHT (LH)
(FOR EC / TURKEY
N2 CATEGORY ONLY)
B-7
B-52 METER
F-25
B-31
ENGINE WARM UP SW
X-22
N8A0157E
8-169
Circuit Diagram
For 12 Volt
RELAY; MARKER LIGHT MARKER LIGHT
5
X-22
1
J-24
J-25
X-22
1
0.85LG/B 0.85B
0.85LG/W
MARKER LIGHT
X-22
X-22
4
2
0.5LG/R 0.5B
F-25 15A
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
H-16
5
1
R-2
R-3
H-5
0.5LG/R 0.5LG/R 0.5B
TAILLIGHT-RH
6
R-6
R-6
1.25B
0.5G/R
TAILLIGHT-LH
0.85LG/R
H-16
4
6
R-1
R-1
H-5
0.5G/R 0.5G/R 1.25B
CLEARANCE LIGHT-LH
CORNERING LIGHT
3
B-5
SW (5)
1
B-5
0.85B
4
B-5
0.5LG/R
7
H-16
CLEARANCE LIGHT-RH
1.25W
CORNERING LIGHT
3
B-74
SW (13)
B-74
1
0.85B 2B
4
B-74
0.5LG/R
METER
10
5
B-52
B-52
0.5LG/R 0.85B
ASHTRAY
B-46
B-46
1
2
0.5LG/R 0.3B
TAILLIGHT
HEATER BEZEL
F-7 10A
2B
B-33
B-33
RELAY; TAIL 0.5LG/R 0.3B 2B

1
2
5
X-4
CIGAR LIGHTER
1
H-6
X-4
3W 0.85LG/R 0.5LG/R
8W/B 3W/B 3W/B
2
B-43
B-43
0.5LG/R 0.3B
1
2
2
4
X-4
X-4
3W/B
HAZARD WARNING SW
B-30
B-30
5W
0.5LG/R 0.5B 1.25B

1.25B
RADIO
B-28
B-28
10
0.5LG/R 0.5B
RELAY; DIMMER (4)
0.3G/O
DOME LIGHT SW
B-86
B-86
0.5LG/R 0.5B 3B 3B
1
FOG LIGHT SW
B-87
B-87
10 0.3R/L
0.3L/R
0.5LG/R 0.5B
2
5
8W
0.3R
RELAY; HEADLIGHT (4)
1.25B
1
4
B-70
B-70
B-70
B-70
B-70
3B
PASS
T
H
Hu
0.5R/G
E
0.5B
ROOF MARKER LIGHT (LH)

B-7
B-1
J-9
FL-1 100A
LIGHTING SW
PASS
MAIN
FRAME-LH (CENTER)
BRACKET-LH
FRAME-LH (FRONT)
HEADLIGHT
HIGH
0.5R/G
8B
0.5B
OFF
LO
ROOF MARKER LIGHT (RH)

FRAME
2L
COMBINATION SW
P-5
P-1
P-2
NPR / NQR (EC / TURKEY)

4JH1
P-3
P-4
N8A0158E
For 24 Volt
MARKER LIGHT
15A
RELAY; MARKER LIGHT MARKER LIGHT

F-25
1
1
1
X-22
J-24
J-25
1.25LG/B 0.85B
2
2LG/W
X-22
0.5B
X-22
X-22
3
5
CLEARANCE LIGHT (RH)
CORNERING
B-74
3
LIGHT SW (9)
(COMBINATION SW) 0.85B
B-74
1
0.5LG/R
B-74
4
CLEARANCE LIGHT (LH)
CORNERING LIGHT
3
B-5
SW (11)
(COMBINATION SW)
B-5
3W/B
1
0.85B
4
B-5
0.5LG/R
0.5LG/R
TAILLIGHT-RH (REAR COMBINATION LIGHT)
6
1
R-6
R-6
0.5G/R 0.85B
TAILLIGHT-LH
(REAR COMBINATION LIGHT)
0.5G/R
H-16
4
6
R-1
R-1
0.5G/R 1.25B 0.5G/R 0.85B
J-62
J-62
1
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH (TAIL) LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
7
H-16
5
R-3
0.5G/R
H-5
R-2
0.5G/R
H-16
1.25B
J-65
J-65
(DUMP)
1
1
0.5LG/R 0.5B
1
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH (TAIL)
0.5LG/R 0.5B
5
J-63
J-64
H-5
(DUMP)
ASHTRAY
4
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

B-46
B-46
0.5LG/R 0.3B
H-5
HEATER BEZEL 2
0.85LG/R
0.5LG/R
B-33
B-33
0.3B
1
RELAY; TAIL RADIO

0.85LG/R
5
B-28
B-28
0.5LG/R 0.5B
X-4
0.85G/B
1
H-6
X-4
10
9
2
TAILLIGHT
10A
ILLUMINATION LIGHT (METER)

2
4
X-4
X-4
B-52
B-52
0.5LG/R
F-7
0.85B
10
RELAY; CORNERING LIGHT (4)
CIGAR LIGHTER
RELAY; DIMMER (4)
DIODE
B-43
B-43
0.5LG/R
1.25B
0.3B
1
2
B-18
0.5L
1
0.5G/O
B-18
2
FOG LIGHT SW
B-18
0.5R
3
0.85LG/R 0.5B
B-87
B-87
2
0.5R
DOME LIGHT SW
5W
10 0.5R/L
0.5L/R
B-86
B-86
0.5LG/R 0.5B
1
3
RELAY; HEADLIGHT (4)
ENGINE WARMING UP SW
B-70
B-70
B-70
B-70
B-70
2B
B-31
B-31
0.5LG/R 0.5B
2
1
PASS
100A or 120A
T
H
Hu
3B
MIRROR SW
0.5LG/R 0.5B
B-32
B-32
LIGHTING SW
1
PASS
MAIN
FL-1
B-1
B-7
HAZARD WARNING SW
J-9
HIGH
0.5B
B-30
B-30
8
7
OFF
LO
0.5LG/R
FRAME-LH (CENTER)
BRACKET (LH)
FRAME-LH (FRONT)
HEADLIGHT
0.5B
2L
COMBINATION SW
2
ROOF MARKER LIGHT (LH)

FRAME
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
2
0.5LG/R
0.5B
P-5
ROOF MARKER LIGHT (RH)

1
0.5R/G 0.5B
NPR / NQR (EC / TURKEY)
N8A0538E
No. Connector Face
B-30 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
B-5 1 2
008-005
3 4
004-012
B-31 1 2 3
4 5 6
2 1
B-5
4 3 006-001
004-013
B-33
1 2
B-74 1 2
002-022
3 4
004-012
B-33
2 1
2 1
B-74
4 3 002-023
004-013
B-46
1 2
B-18 1 2 3
002-022
003-024
B-46
2 1
X-4
002-023
005-006
B-43 1
2
X-22
002-009
005-006
1
B-43
2
1 2 3 4 5 6
B-28
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 002-010
013-001
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J-24
012-005 000-011
B-70 1 2 3 4 5 6 J-25
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
014-002 000-010
6 5 4 3 2 1
B-70 J-25
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
014-003 000-011
B-86 1 2
J-62 1 2 3
4 5 6
3 4
004-001 006-010
B-87 1 2 3 J-62 3 2 1
4 5 6 6 5 4
006-006 006-015
H-16 1 2 3 4 J-65 1 2 3
5 6 7 8 4 5 6
008-003 006-010
H-16 4 3 2 1
J-65 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 6 5 4
008-004 006-015
J-24 J-63
000-010 000-010
J-63 P-2
000-011 000-004
P-1
J-64
(24 V)
000-010 000-004
J-64 P-4
000-011 000-004
P-2
R-2
(24 V)
000-010 000-006
R-2 P-3
000-011 000-006
P-5
R-3
(12 V)
000-010 000-007
P-5
R-3
(24 V)
000-011 000-002
P-1
R-1 1 2 3
(12 V) 4 5 6
000-003 006-004
R-1 3 2 1
6 5 4
006-005 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
R-6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
4 5 6 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
006-004 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
R-6 3 2 1
6 5 4 N8A5489E
006-005
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
Diagnosis
Check point
Fuse Light- Tail- Clear- License Marker Cable Marker
F-7 F-25 ing light ance plate light har- light
(10 A) (15 A) SW bulb light bulb light bulb relay ness bulb
1. Both clearance ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
lights inoperative (1) (3) (2) (4)
2. Clearance light
❍ ❍
on the left (or right)
(1) (2)
side inoperative
3. Both taillights ❍ ❍ ❍
Trouble inoperative (1) (2) (3)
mode 4. Taillight on the
❍ ❍
left (or right) side
(1) (2)
inoperative
5. License plate ❍ ❍
light inoperative (1) (2)
6. Marker light ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
inoperative (2) (3) (4) (1)
Notice:
1. Both Clearance Lights Inoperative
• ARE BOTH TAILLIGHTS OPERATIVE?
YES NO
• IS B-7 SECURELY GROUNDED? TURN TAILLIGHTS ON (REFER TO TAILLIGHT

DIAGNOSIS IN THIS SECTION)
YES NO
• TURN THE LIGHTING SWITCH TO OR POSITION GROUND IT SECURELY

• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED TO
CLEARANCE LIGHT CONNECTOR 4 B-5 (4 B-74 ) AND
GROUND?
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN CLEARANCE LIGHT CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
CONNECTOR TERMINALS 1 B-5 (1 B-74 ) AND B-7 FUSE F-7 (10A) AND 4 B-5 (4 B-74 )
N8A0160E
Notice:
Figure in parenthesis “( )” indicates place of inspection for clearance light on the right side.
2. Clearance Light on the Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
• IS THE CLEARANCE LIGHT BULB ON THE LEFT (OR

RIGHT) SIDE NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE REPLACE THE BULB

HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 5 X-15 (12V), 5 X-4 (24V
AND NKR77 FOR TAIWAN) AND 4 B-5 (OR 4 B-74 )?
YES NO
• REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
1 B-5 (1 B-74 ) AND B-7 CIRCUIT
N8A0161E
Notice:
Figure in parenthesis “( )” indicates place of inspection for clearance light on the right side.
3. Both Taillights Inoperative
YES NO
• IS J-9 SECURELY GROUNDED? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• IS THE TAIL RELAY NORMAL? GROUND IT SECURELY
YES NO
• IS THE LIGHTING SWITCH NORMAL? REPLACE THE RELAY
YES NO
• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN REPAIR OR REPLACE THE LIGHTING

LIGHTING SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR SWITCH
8 B-70 AND THE GROUND?
YES NO
• TURN THE LIGHTING SWITCH TO OR POSITION REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED TO 4 H-16 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
AND GROUND? FUSE F-7 (10A) AND 8 B-70
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN LIGHTING SWITCH CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTORS 7 H-16 AND J-9 TAILLIGHT RELAY CONNECTORS 5 X-15 (12V),
5 X-4 (24V AND NKR77 FOR TAIWAN) AND
4 H-16
N8A0162E
4. Taillight on the Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
• IS TAILLIGHT BULB ON THE LEFT (OR RIGHT) SIDE

NORMAL?
YES NO
• REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE BULB

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN CONNECTOR
TERMINAL 4 H-16 AND TAILLIGHT CONNECTOR
1 R-1 ( 1 R-6 )
N8A0163E
Notice:
Figure in parenthesis “( )” indicates place of inspection for taillight on the right side.
5. License Plate Light Inoperative
• ARE BOTH TAILLIGHTS OPERATIVE?
YES NO
• IS THE LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BULB NORMAL? TURN THE TAILLIGHTS ON (REFER TO
TAILLIGHT DIAGNOSIS IN THIS SECTION)
YES NO
• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN REPLACE THE BULB

5 H-16 AND THE GROUND WHEN TURNING THE
LIGHTING SWITCH ON?
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1 R-2 OR 1 R-14 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
AND 7 H-16 CIRCUIT
N8A0164E
6. Marker Light Inoperative
YES NO
YES NO
• IS MARKER LIGHT RELAY NORMAL? GROUND IT SECURELY
YES NO
• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE REPLACE THE MARKER LIGHT RELAY
MARKER LIGHT CONNECTOR J-24 WHEN TURNING
THE LIGHTING SWITCH ON?
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE MARKER LIGHT CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT OF 2 X-22
CONNECTORS J-25 - J-9 OR BETWEEN 5 X-22 AND J-9
N8A0165E
Lighting Switch
Refer to “HEADLIGHT, FOG LIGHT AND CORNERING
Clearance Light/Bulb
Removal
1. Remove the battery ground cable at the battery. Door side Cab side
2. Remove the front combination light.

the space between the cab and the cab door.
the center of the grommet (the pin securing the
front combination light).
N8A5471E
• Remove the fixing screw.

• Remove the two catches. • Position it by aligning two pawls with the groove
• Remove the front combination light (1) connec- of H/L.
tor. • Fit the iron PIN (1) in the upper portion of the
ing grommet.
Notice:
• Pull the front combination light assembly lightly
toward the front of vehicle to make sure that the
3 • Tighten one bolt in the lower portion of front
1 combination light assembly.
5. Check lighting of each light.
Taillight Bulb
2 Removal
N8A5477E 1. Lens
2. Bulb
3. Remove the clearance light bulb.
• Turn the bulb socket (3) to the left to remove it.
Installation
Installation procedure of cornering/clearance light bulb
1. Install the cornering/clearance light bulb.
fit.
Notice:
• Turn the bulb socket (3) clockwise to fit.
1
2
N8A0167E
Installation
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
3
N8A0445E
2. Installation procedure of front combination light as-

sembly
• Connect the connector of the combination light
assembly.
License Plate Light Bulb
Removal
1. Cover
2. Lens
3. Bulb
N8A0168E
Installation
Turn Signal Light, Hazard Warning Light,

and Stoplight
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, turn signal light
(front and rear), turn signal light switch, hazard warning
light, flasher unit, stoplight and stoplight switch.
When turning on the respective switches with the starter
switch on, the turn signal light will operate. When the
turn signal light is flashing, the indicator light in the meter
also starts flashing. When the hazard warning switch is
turned on, the current flows to the flasher unit through
the hazard warning switch to cause the hazard warning
light to flash, independent of the position of the starter
switch. At the same time, the indicator lights in the meter
also start flashing.
The stoplight switch will turn on and the light comes on
once the brake pedal is depressed, independent of the
position of the starter switch.
Parts Location
FUSE BOX ASM

J-62 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (RH)
F-4, F-5, F-11, F-19, F-20
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (RH)

(FOR EC/TURKEY
N2 CATEGORY S/CAB ONLY)
B-16
FLASHER UNIT
J-65 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (LH)

R-1 STOPLIGHT (LH)
H-22 SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (LH)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (RH) (FOR EC/TURKEY N2 CATEGORY
(FOR EC/TURKEY S/CAB 12V ONLY)
N2 CATEGORY W/CAB ONLY)
SIDE TURN RELAY

(FOR EC/TURKEY N2 CATEGORY
B-7 S/CAB ONLY)
J-9
B-53 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) (METER)

TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) (METER)
H5 - H7
H-20
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (LH)
(FOR EC/TURKEY
N2 CATEGORY W/CAB ONLY)
N8A0536E
Circuit Diagram
(Except DUMP VEHICLE)

F-5 10A STOPLIGHT SWITCH STOPLIGHT (RH)
STOPLIGHT
11
0.5G/Y 0.5G 0.5G 2B
H-16
B-66
B-66
6
1
R-6
R-6
H-5
0.5G 1.25B
6
R-1
R-1
F-4 15A
AUDIO STOPLIGHT (LH)
(NKR DUMP VEHICLE)
STOPLIGHT (RH) P/SOURCE

0.5G 2B (SERVICE)
2
6
J-62
J-62
0.85R
RELAY; SIDE TURN
(S/CAB)
(S/CAB EC TURKEY ONLY)
0.85R
0.5G 1.25B (S/CAB)
J-65
J-65
2
0.5W 0.5B
4
STOPLIGHT (LH)
0.5B
2
0.5G/W
3
5W/B(24V)
8W/B(12V)
F-11 10A
0.5L 0.5B
TURN LIGHT
6
0.5G/B
3B/Y 0.5Y/R SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (LH)
5
(S/CAB)
3
B-67
F-20 15A(24V)
F-19 15A(4JH1, 4JB1, 4JB1-TC)
(NPR/NQR W/CAB
STARTER SWITCH

ACC
HORN, HAZARD
ON
ST
0.5G
EC ONLY)
(DOOR)
10
0.5G/W 0.5B
H-22
H-22
4
WARNING
OFF
HAZARD
1
SWITCH
3
B-30
B
B
FU
0.5LG/B
B-30
6
IG
5W
B-30
5
B-67
1.25B(12V)
0.85B(24V)
1
RH
B-16
0.5G/W
2
B-30
TURN SIGNAL
4
5(24V) 2(12V)
INDICATOR LIGHT (RH) (METER)

TB
LH
11
0.5BR 0.5G/B
3W/L
0.85B
FLASHER
B-53
B-53
B-16
B-30
B-30
7
2
3
UNIT
2
H-6
0.5B
B-30
B-30
8
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

0.5LG/R
7
1
(FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT-RH)

H-7
2
B-74
B-74
0.85B
1
0.5BR
B-16
0.5G/W
RELAY; TAIL (5)

40A(24V)
FL-2 50A(12V)
3
3W/B
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

KEY SW
(REAR COMBINATION LIGHT-RH)

5W
RH
0.5G/W
17
13
1.25B
H-16
B-70
6
R-6
R-6
H-5
12
B-70
LH
(Except DUMP VEHICLE)

10
0.5G/B 1.25B
H-16
B-70
6
5
R-1
R-1
H-5
0.5B
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH (REAR COMBINATION LIGHT-LH)
7
(COMBINATION SWITCH)
(NKR DUMP VEHICLE)
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT H-16

J-62
J-62
3
0.5G/W 2B
J-65
J-65
3
0.5G/B 1.25B
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
5W(24V)
8W(12V)
(REAR COMBINATION LIGHT-LH)

0.5G/B
FL-1 100A or 120A
0.85B
2
1
B-5
B-5
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

(FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT-LH)
3B
0.85B
B-53
B-53
8
7
MAIN
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT (LH) (METER)

(NPR/NQR W/CAB EC ONLY)
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT (LH)

J-9
(24V MODEL)
(DOOR)
2L
0.5G/B 0.5B
H-20
H-20
2
FRAME-LH (CENTER)
B-1
B-7
FRAME
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
FRAME-LH
HEADLIGHT
(FRONT)
BRACKET
4JH1
P-3
P-4
(LH)
N8A0399E
No. Connector Face
B-16 1 3
(12 V)
2
B-1
003-008
000-001
B-30 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
J-9
008-005
000-001
B-53 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B-5 1 2
3 4 012-004
004-012
B-66
1 2
2 1
B-5
4 3 002-024
004-013
B-67 1 2
3 4
B-74 1 2
004-001
3 4
004-012
B-67 2 1
4 3
2 1
B-74
4 3 004-002
004-013
B-70 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B-7
014-002
000-012
6 5 4 3 2 1
B-70
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
B-16
1 2 3
(24 V) 4 5 6 014-003
006-010
H-16 1 2 3 4 J-65 1 2 3
5 6 7 8 4 5 6
008-003 006-010
H-16 4 3 2 1
J-65 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 6 5 4
008-004 006-015
P-1
H-20 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 (12 V)
010-003 000-003
4 3 2 1
H-20 10 9 8 7 6 5
P-2
010-004 000-006
P-1
H-22 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 (24 V)
010-003 000-006
4 3 2 1
H-22 10 9 8 7 6 5
P-4
010-004 000-006
P-2
J-62 1 2 3
4 5 6 (24 V)
006-010 000-004
J-62 3 2 1
P-3
6 5 4
006-015 000-004
P-5
(12 V)
000-007 000-010
P-5
(24 V)
000-002 000-011
H-5
R-1 1 2 3
4 5 6
006-004
R-1 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 5 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
006-005
R-6 1 2 3
4 5 6
006-004
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7
R-6 3 2 1
6 5 4
006-005
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
000-010
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
000-011
N8A5489E
Diagnosis
1. Turn Signal Light, Hazard Warning Light
Check point
Fuse Turn Hazard Turn
Flasher Cable
F-19, F-20 F-11 signal warning signal
unit harness
(15 A) (10 A) light SW light SW light bulb
1-1. Turn signal lights
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
inoperative
Trouble 1-2. Turn signal lights
❍ ❍
mode flash too quickly
1-3. Hazard warning
❍ ❍
lights inoperative
Notice:
2. Stoplight
Check point
Fuse
Stoplight SW Stoplight bulb Cable harness
F-5 (10 A)
2-1. Both stoplights inoperative ❍ ❍ ❍
Trouble
mode 2-2. Stoplight on the left (or right)
❍ ❍
side inoperative
Notice:
1. Turn Signal Light, Hazard Warning Light
1-1. Turn Signal Lights Inoperative
N8A0169E
CONTINUED FROM THE PREVIOUS PAGE CONTINUED FROM THE PREVIOUS PAGE
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE HARNESS GROUND IT SECURELY

SIDE CONNECTORS 3 B-16 AND B-7 ?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE COMBINATION SWITCH REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

CONNECTOR CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE SWITCH THE CIRCUIT
CONNECTORS 5 B-70 AND 12 B-70 (WHEN
TURNING LEFT), 13 B-70 AND 12 B-70 (WHEN
TURNING RIGHT) RESPECTIVELY?
YES NO
• REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTORS 2 B-16 (12V), 5 B-16 (24V) AND
12 B-70
N8A0170E
1-2. Turn Signal Lights Flash Too Quickly
• DOES ANY TURN SIGNAL LIGHT REMAIN

UNLIGHTED?
YES
DISCONNECT AND REINSTALL THE BULB, OR

REPLACE IT, OR REPAIR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN
THE CIRCUIT OF THE INOPERATIVE BULB, OR
CHECK THE GROUND
N8A0171E
1-3. Hazard Warning Lights Inoperative
• IS FUSE F-19 , F-20 (15A) NORMAL?
YES NO
• DOES THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SWITCH REPLACE THE FUSE

FUNCTION NORMALLY?
YES NO
• REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN FUSE F-19 , F-20 (15A) SWITCH
AND 1 B-30
N8A0172E
2. Stoplight
2-1. Both Stoplights Inoperative
YES NO
• IS J-9 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• IS BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE 1 B-66 OF GROUND IT SECURELY

THE STOPLIGHT SW?
YES NO
• IS STOPLIGHT SWITCH NORMAL? REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

THE FUSE F-5 (10A) AND 1 B-66
YES NO
• DOES THE PUSH ROD OF THE STOPLIGHT SW REPLACE THE STOPLIGHT SW

OPERATE SMOOTHLY?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPLACE THE STOPLIGHT SW

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 2 B-66 AND J-9
N8A0173E
2-2. Stoplight on the Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
N8A5206E
Notice:
Figure in parenthesis “( )” indicates the place of inspection for the right side stoplight.
Starter Switch • Remove the front combination light (1) connec-

Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this section. tor.
Front Turn Signal Light/Bulb

Removal
3
2. Remove the front combination light.
the space between the cab and the cab door.
2
the center of the grommet (the pin securing the
1
front combination light).
Door side Cab side N8A5484E
3. Remove the front turn signal light bulb.

• Turn the bulb socket (2) to the left to remove it.
Installation
1. Install the front turn signal light bulb.
1 fit.
N8A5471E
Notice:
• Remove the fixing screw.
• Remove the two catches. • Turn the bulb socket (3) clockwise to fit.
1
5. Check lighting of each light.
2
Rear Turn Signal Light/Bulb
Removal
Preparation:
1. Lens
3
2. Bulb
N8A0445E
2. Installation procedure of front combination light as-

sembly
• Connect the connector of the front combination
light assembly.
• Position it by aligning two pawls with the groove
of H/L.
• Fit the iron PIN (1) in the upper portion of the
N8A0176E
ing grommet.
Notice: Installation
Push it into securely with a force of approx. 250 N (25 To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
Turn Signal Light Switch (Combination Switch)
• Pull the front combination light assembly lightly
Inspection
toward the front of vehicle to make sure that the
PIN and grommet are engaged securely. Check the continuity between the terminals of the turn
signal light switch.
• Tighten one bolt in the lower portion of front Repair or replace the switch when the result of inspec-
combination light assembly. tion is found abnormal.
Terminal No.
2 5 9 11 12 13
SW position
Turning
left
Turn signal
Neutral
light SW
Turning
right
N8A0177E
Removal and Installation Stoplight Switch
Refer to “HEADLIGHT, FOG LIGHT AND CORNERING Inspection
LIGHT” in this section. 1. Check to see if the stoplight switch is installed cor-
rectly to the specified position. Adjust the position
Flasher Unit when the result of the inspection is found abnor-
Inspection mal.
When a 55W bulb is connected to the unit side terminals 2. Check to see if there is any continuity between the
“L” and “E” while connecting the battery (+) terminal to terminals of the stoplight switch.
terminal “B”, and the battery (−) terminal to terminal “E”, Replace the switch when the result of inspection is
does the bulb light on and off? found abnormal.
Replace the unit when the result of inspection is found
abnormal.
B-66 Switch side

1 2
Terminal No.
SW position
1 2
Depress brake pedal (Push
rod out)
Release brake pedal (Push
rod in)
N8A0179E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Stoplight Switch
2) Loosen the lock nut of the switch.
3) Remove the switch by turning it.
N8A0178E
Stoplight Bulb
Removal and Installation
Refer to “CLEARANCE LIGHT, TAILLIGHT, LICENSE
PLATE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT” for TAIL-
LIGHT BULB removal and installation steps in this sec-
tion.
N8A0180E
Installation Removal
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order, Preparation:
noting the following points. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
1) Check to see if the brake pedal has been re- 1. Meter Cluster
turned by the return spring to the specified po- Refer to the “METER AND WARNING/INDICA-
sition. TOR LIGHT” in this section.
2) Turn the stoplight switch clockwise until the tip 2. Hazard Warning Switch
of the threaded portion of the switch contacts Release the lock pushing the switch from the back
the pedal arm. side of the meter cluster.
3) Turn the switch counterclockwise until the
space between the tip of the threaded portion
and the pedal arm is 0.5 to 1.0 mm (0.02 —
0.04 in.).
N8A0181E
Hazard Warning Switch

Inspection
Check the continuity between the terminals of the haz-
ard warning switch. N8A0436E
Repair or replace the switch when the result of inspec-
tion is found abnormal. Installation
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order
noting the following point.
1. Push the switch with your fingers until locks se-
curely.
B-30
Terminal
SW No. 6 5 1 2 3 4 7 8
position
ON
OFF
N8A0182E
Horn, Backup Light and Backup Buzzer
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, horn, horn switch, backup light (Rear combination light), backup light switch,
back buzzer and the relay.
When the horn switch is turned on independent of the position of the starter switch, the relay is activated to sound the
horn. When the backup light switch turns on with the starter switch on, the backup light will operate.
Backup Light and Backup Buzzer Circuit
N8A5216E
Parts Location
J-49 (55, 69)

X-2
F-16, F-19, F-20
N8A0184E
STARTER SW
FL-2 40A(24V)
50A(12V) ACC
2L KEY SW F-16 10A
1 2 B 0.5B/Y
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y METER
P-3 P-1 3W/L B-67 METER B-51 (8)
P-4 P-2 FL-1 100A or 120A(24V) ST
100A(12V)
Circuit Diagram
0.5B/Y
MAIN 22
4JH1 2 H-5
H-6
5W(24V) 5W
8W(12V)
3W/B
P-3 F-20 15A :24V, 4HG1-T(12V)
P-4
0.5B/Y
F-19 15A :4JH1, 4JB1, 4JB1-TC
HORN, HAZARD
1
(24V MODEL) J-49
0.5G
P-5
SW
FRAME
BACKUP LIGHT
J-49
0.5G
2
1 2
X-2 X-2
X-2 X-2
RELAY; HORN
0.5R/L
5 4
0.5G/R
3
H-5
6
H-16
(EXCEPT DUMP VEHICLE)
0.5R/L 0.5R/L
0.5G/W
3
B-70
HORN CONTACT 5
R-6
5 5
1 1
J-65 R-1
J-4 J-5
HORN SW
HORN (LH)
J-65 R-1
HORN (RH)
BACKUP LIGHT
BACKUP LIGHT
6 6
(DUMP VEHICLE)
BACKUP LIGHT
(COMBINATION SW)
R-6
6
1.25B
1.25B
2B 1.25B 7
FRAME-LH (CENTER) J-9 H-16
(EXCEPT DUMP VEHICLE)
N8A0185E
8-199
No. Connector Face

4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10
16 15
X-2
016-004
005-006
H-16 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
B-70 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 008-003
014-002
H-16 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
6 5 4 3 2 1
B-70
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
008-004
014-003
J-62 1 2 3
4 5 6
E-10 1 2
006-010
002-025
J-62 3 2 1
6 5 4
E-10 2 1
006-015
002-026
J-65 1 2 3
4 5 6
J-49 1 2
006-010
002-025
J-65 3 2 1
6 5 4
J-49 2 1
006-015
002-026
J-4 1
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
001-018
15 16
016-003
P-5
J-5 1
(24 V)
001-018 000-002
P-1
R-1 1 2 3
(12 V) 4 5 6
000-003 006-004
P-2 R-1 3 2 1
6 5 4
000-004 006-005
P-1
R-6 1 2 3
(24 V) 4 5 6
000-004 006-004
P-4 R-6 3 2 1
6 5 4
000-004 006-005
H-5
P-2
(24 V)
000-006
P-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
000-006
P-5
(12 V)
000-007
N8A5488E
H-6
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Diagnosis
1. Horn
Check point
Fuse
Horn Horn Cable
F-19, F-20 Horn Horn SW
relay contact harness
(15 A)
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
1-1. Horn does not sound
Trouble (1) (4) (6) (2) (5) (3)
mode ❍ ❍ ❍
1-2. Horn does not shut off
(2) (1) (3)
Notice:
2. Backup Light
Check point
Backup light
Fuse Backup Backup Cable
SW
F-16 (10 A) light bulb buzzer harness
(Inhibitor SW)
❍ ❍ ❍
2-1. Both backup lights inoperative
(1) (3) (2)
Trouble 2-2. Backup light on the left (or right) ❍ ❍
mode side inoperative (1) (2)
❍
2-3. Backup light remains on
(1)
Notice:
1. Horn
1-1. Horn Does Not Sound
• IS FUSE F-19 , F-20 (15A) NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THE HORN RELAY NORMAL? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• IS THE HORN NORMALLY GROUNDED? REPLACE THE HORN RELAY
YES NO
• IS THE HORN CONNECTOR 1 J-4 OR 1 J-5 CLEAN UP THE FITTING SURFACE AND THE
SECURELY CONNECTED? GROUND FIRMLY
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE HORN SWITCH CONNECTOR CONNECT THE CONNECTOR SECURELY

• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN
3 B-70 AND THE GROUND?
YES NO
• IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE HORN REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE
RELAY HARNESS SIDE CONNECTORS 5 X-2 AND CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT OR REPAIR
1 J-4 (OR 1 J-5 )? A POOR CONNECTION AT THE HORN
CONNECTOR
YES NO
DOES THE HORN SOUND WHEN CONNECTING THE REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE
BATTERY (+) TERMINAL TO THE HORN CONNECTOR CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
1 J-4 (1 J-5 ), AND (-) TERMINAL TO THE HORN CIRCUIT
BRACKET?
NO
PEPLACE THE HORN
N8A0187E
1-2. Horn Does Not Shut Off
• IS THE HORN RELAY NORMAL?
YES NO
• REMOVE THE HORN SW REPLACE THE HORN RELAY

• IS THE MOVABLE PORTION OF THE HORN SW
ALWAYS OUT OF CONTACT WITH THE GROUND
BRACKET?
YES NO
REPAIR A SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN HORN RELAY REPAIR OR REPLACE THE HORN SW
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTORS 4 X-2 AND 3 B-70
N8A0188E
2. Backup Light
2-1. Backup Lights Inoperative
YES NO
YES NO
• TURN THE STARTER SW ON GROUND IT SECURELY

BACKUP LIGHT SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
1 E-10 (OR 1 J-49 )AND THE GROUND?
YES NO
• ENTER THE TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

REVERSE POSITION CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
• WHEN REMOVE THE CONNECTOR OF THE BACKUP FUSE F-16 (10A) AND 1 E-10 OR 1 J-49
LIGHT SWITCH, IS THERE ANY CONTINUITY
BETWEEN THE SW SIDE CONNECTORS 1 E-10 AND
2 E-10 (OR 1 J-49 AND 2 J-49 )?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR OR REPLACE THE BACKUP LIGHT
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE BACKUP LIGHT SWITCH OR INHIBITOR SW
SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTORS 2 E-10
(OR 2 J-49 )AND 4 H-16
N8A0189E
2-2. Backup Light on the Left (or Right) Side Inoperative
N8A5226E
2-3. Backup Light Remains on
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE BACKUP LIGHT SW OR INHIBITOR SW
N8A0191E
Starter Switch
Horn
Inspection
Check to see if horn sound when a battery voltage be-
tween horn terminal and the fixing bracket. Repair or re-
place the horn when the result of inspection is found
abnormal.
N8A0192E
Removal Removal
Preparation: Preparation:
Disconnect the battery ground cable. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
1. Bumper 1. Horn Pad
Refer to “BUMPER” in section 2. 1) Hold the horn pad and pull it upward.
2. Horn 2. Steering Wheel
Disconnect the connector (3). 1) Remove the steering shaft nut.
2) Remove the steering wheel by using steering
wheel remover.
(Refer to Section 3B4 “STEERING COLUMN”
for steering wheel removal steps.)
3. Horn Switch
2
3
N8A5485E
Installation
Horn Switch
Inspection N8A0476E
With the contact point of the horn switch pressed to the Installation
switch bracket, check the continuity between the con-
nector terminal and the bracket of the switch.
Check the contact condition between horn contact of the
combination switch and contact plate of steering wheel. 1. Tighten the steering shaft nut to the specified
Repair or replace the switch when the result of inspec- torque.
tion is found abnormal. Tighten:
Shaft nut to 49 N⋅m (5 kg⋅m / 36 lb⋅ft)
N8A0194E
Backup Light Bulb
Removal
Preparation:
1. Lens
2. Bulb
N8A0196E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Backup Light Switch
1) Disconnect the connectors.
N8A0195E 2) Remove the switch by turning it counterclock-
wise.
Installation
Installation
1. Backup Light Switch
Backup Light Switch Apply liquid gasket to the screw portion of the
switch to prevent oil leak.
Inspection
Backup Buzzer
1. With the switch installed to the transmission, check
the continuity between the terminals of the switch Inspection
connectors. Apply battery voltage to the backup buzzer connector to
When the continuity is found between the terminals check the buzzer sound.
only with the switch shifted to the reverse position, Repair or replace the buzzer when the result of inspec-
the switch is normal. tion is found abnormal.
2. When the result of the above inspection is found
abnormal, remove the switch from the transmis-
sion and conduct a test on the switch alone.
If the continuity appears between the connector
terminals when the ball of the switch is released,
the switch is normal. (When the ball is pushed, the
continuity disappears.)
3. If there is no continuity with the switch installed to
the transmission, even though the switch is found
to be normal, then adjust the stroke of the switch by
changing the thickness of the switch gasket.
N8A0197E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Rear Combination Light Cover
2. Backup Buzzer
1) Remove the rear combination light connector
fixing screw.
2) Remove buzzer fixing screw.
N8A0198E
Installation
Dome Light and Key Remind Buzzer
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, dome light, dome light switch, door switch, backup light switch and the key
remind buzzer.
The dome light lights up when the left or right side door is opened with the switch set at the door mode. It can be lit
by operating ON or OFF of the dome light switch.
The dome light can be lit by respective switch independent of the position of the starter switch.
By operating the dome light switch fitted on the instrument panel, the dome light can be lit independent of the switch
position of dome light.
Key remind buzzer sounds to remind the driver of leaving the key in the starter switch when opening the driver’s side
door.
Lighting Circuit
BATTERY (+)
DOOR DOME LIGHT

OFF
ON
DOME LIGHT
(FOR CREW CAB)
DOME DOOR SW DOOR SW

LIGHT SW (FRT PASSENGER (DRIVER SIDE)
SIDE)
: Lighting circuit by door sw
: Lighting circuit by dome light sw
NOTE: Arrow marks " " indicate the direction of current
N8A0199E
Parts Location
L-3 DIODE (CREW CAB)
F-4, F-16
N8A0200E
STARTER SW
OFF
FL-2 40A(24V)
50A(12V) ACC
2L KEY SW 3W/B 3W/L B
H-7 B-67 ON 3B/Y
1 2 B-67
P-3 P-1 3
P-4 P-2 FL-1 100A or 120A(24V) ST
F-16 10A
Circuit Diagram
MAIN METER
4JH1
5W/B(24V)
8W/B(12V)
5W
P-3
P-4 2
H-6
0.5R
(24V MODEL) 0.5R
F-4 15A 3
AUDIO (B), H-10
P-5 DOOR LOCK
FRAME
0.5R
1
0.5R
2 L-2
H-20 6
B-68
OFF DOOR
0.5B/Y
DOME LIGHT
ON
B-68
KEY CYLINDER SW
L-2 L-2 5
3 2
0.5Y
1
0.5R
L-1
0.5P/L
DIODE
L-1 1 0.5GR/B
0.5GR/B
H-10 1 6
2
1
1 B-83 B-83
B-17
L-4 KEY REMIND
BUZZER
0.5GR
DIODE
B-83 B-83
0.5GR/B
B-17
2 1 2 1 3 2
L-4 L-3 L-3 H-20 2
0.5Y 0.5GR 3
2
H-3 0.5GR/R
H-10
ROOM LIGHT (CREW CAB)

0.5GR/R 0.5GR/R
0.85LG/R 4
RELAY; TAIL(5)
0.5GR
1 4 H-12
0.5GR/B
1.25GR/B
B-86 B-86
(CREW CAB)
0.5B
1.25GR/R
DOME LIGHT SW 1
0.5GR/R
N-7 1
B-86 B-86 N-2
3 2
DOOR SW (RH)
0.5B
0.5B
(CREW CAB) DOOR SW (LH)
B-7
3B 3B
HEADLIGHT BRACKET (LH)
N8A0201E
8-211
No. Connector Face
1 2 3
H-3 4 5 6
B-17 1 2 3 4
006-014
004-004
H-3 3 2 1
6 5 4
B-67 1 2
006-015
3 4
004-001
H-10
1 2 3
B-67 2 1
4 3
003-009
004-002
H-10
3 2 1
B-86 1 2
003-010
3 4
004-001
L-2
1 2 3
B-86 2 1
4 3
003-009
004-002
L-2
3 2 1
B-68 1 2
3 4 5 6 003-010
006-002
H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2 1
B-68
6 5 4 3 014-002
006-003
6 5 4 3 2 1
H-12
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
B-83 1 2 3
4 5 6 014-003
006-010
P-1
H-20 1
2 (12 V)
002-009 000-003
1
H-20 P-2
2
002-010 000-004
P-1
L-1
1 2 (24 V)
002-027 000-004
L-3 P-4
1 2
002-027 000-004
P-2
L-4
1 2 (24 V)
002-022 000-006
L-4 P-3
2 1
002-023 000-006
P-5
N-2
1 (12 V)
001-009 000-007
P-5
N-7
1 (24 V)
001-009 000-002
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5243E
N8A5488E
2. Bulb
H-7 Installation
Dome Light Bulb (for Crew Cab)

Removal
Preparation:
1 2 H-6 2 1 1. Lens
Hold the lens and pull it down.
1 2 H-7 2 1 2. Bulb
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Starter Switch
Key Cylinder Switch

Backup Light Switch

Refer to “HORN, BACKUP LIGHT AND BACKUP N8A0203E
BUZZER” in this section.
Installation
Dome Light Bulb To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
Removal
Preparation: Dome Light Switch
Disconnect the battery ground cable. Inspection
1. Lens Check the continuity between the dome light switch con-
Hold the lens and pull it downward. nector terminals.
tion is found abnormal.
Installation
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order
1. Push the switch with your fingers until locks se-
curely.
B-86 Door Switch

Inspection
Check to see if there is any continuity between the ter-
minals and the body while operating the door switch.
Terminal
SW No. 2 4 1 3 Repair or replace the switch, when the result of inspec-
position tion is found abnormal.
ON
OFF
N8A0204E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Meter cluster
Refer to the “METER AND WARNING/INDICA-
TOR LIGHT” in this section.
2. Dome Light Switch
Release the lock pushing the switch from the back
side of the meter cluster.
Connector
No.
Te N-2 N-7
rm
ina
SW lN
o.
operation 1 Body
Push
Release
N8A0206E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Door Switch
1) Remove the screw.
2) Disconnect the connector of the switch.
N8A5160E
Installation
N8A0207E
Key Remind Buzzer

The key remind buzzer sounds to remind the driver to remove the starter key from the starter switch when front driver
side door is opened (Front driver side door switch is on).
F-16
Key cylinder SW (10A)
(Starter SW) Key remind buzzer
Front door SW
N8A0208E
Inspection of The Buzzer Circuit
Disconnect the key remind buzzer connector, measure the continuity and voltage between the harness side connec-
tor terminals.
B-83 1 2 3
4 5 6
Harness side
Termi- Wire Item Connect-

nal Connected to to be ing Checking conditions Standard
No. color checked terminal
2 B Ground Continuity 2-Ground - Continuity
Approx. battery
1 P/L Ground Voltage 1-Ground Starter key inserted voltage
Starter key removed 0V
Front driver·s side door Continuity
"OPEN"
3 GR/R Ground Continuity 3-Ground
Front driver·s side door No Continuity
"CLOSE"
Approx. battery
6 B/Y Fuse F-12 (10A) Voltage 6-Ground • Starter SW ON voltage
N8A0209E
Key Cylinder Switch (Starter Switch)
Inspection
Check to see if there is any continuity between the connector terminals of the key cylinder switch.
B-68
Switch side
Terminal No.
Starter key 5 6
position
Key removed
LOCK
OFF
ACC Key inserted
ON
START
N8A0210E
Power Door Lock
General Description
The circuit consists of the door lock switch, actuator for the front passenger door, rear doors and the door lock con-
troller.
The door lock controller is always provided with battery voltage. The key or the inside lock knob on the driver’s door
can activate the lock mechanism of all the doors.
When the driver’s door lock switch is turned on, current flows for about one second to the door lock actuator of each
door connected in parallel with the controller to activate the actuator to lock and unlock the doors.
Operation of Door Lock Controller
When locking When locking

the door. the door.
Battery(+) Battery(+)
Relay;Door lock Relay;Door lock
To actuator
To actuator
(Actuator
(Actuator
operates to
operate
unlock
to lock side)
position)
Door lock sw. Door lock sw.

(Lock position) (Unlock position)
N8A0211E
Notice:
Parts Location
B-7
F-4
N8A0212E
Circuit Diagram
FL-1 100A or 120A

F-4 15A
MAIN AUDIO, DOOR LOCK
5W/B(24V) 2
H-6
8W/B(12V) 5W 3W/B
2L
0.85R
P-1 P-3
P-2 P-4
4JH1 RELAY: 6
DOOR LOCK B-12
P-3
P-4 B-12
5
(24V
MODEL) B-12
4
0.85BR/R
0.85BR/R
0.85BR/Y
0.85BR/Y
P-5
FRAME
B-12 B-12 B-12
1 2 3
0.85BR/Y
0.85BR/R
5 13 1 4
0.3R/G
0.3G/B
H-12 H-12 H-3 H-3

0.5BR/R
0.5BR/Y
0.5BR/R
0.5BR/Y
2 4
H-11 H-11 4 3 2 1 2 1
H-2 H-2 H-18 H-18 H-19 H-19
0.85BR/R
0.85BR/Y
0.3R/G
0.3G/B
0.85BR/R
0.85BR/Y
0.85BR/R
0.85BR/Y
2 3
UNLOCK
2 1 1 2 1 2
0.85B
D-4 D-4
D-8 D-8
LOCK
D-9 D-9 D-10 D-10

UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
DOOR LOCK SW-LH D-4

1
0.3B
3
H-11
DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR-RH ACTUATOR-LH ACTUATOR-RH
2B
(CREW CAB) (CREW CAB)

3B
5B
N8A0213E
No. Connector Face
D-10 2 1
B-12 1 2 3
4 5 6 002-002
006-010
H-18 1 2
D-4
1 2 3 002-001
003-003
H-18 2 1
D-4 3 2 1
002-002
003-011
H-19 1 2
D-8 1 2
002-001
002-001
H-19 2 1
D-8 2 1
002-002
002-002
H-2 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
D-9 1 2
008-009
002-001
3 2 1
H-2
8 7 6 5 4
D-9 2 1
008-010
002-002
H-11 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
D-10 1 2
008-009
002-001
3 2 1
H-11 P-4
8 7 6 5 4
008-010 000-004
1 2 3 P-2
H-3 4 5 6
(24 V)
006-014 000-006
H-3 3 2 1
P-3
6 5 4
006-015 000-006
P-5
H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 (12 V)
014-002 000-007
6 5 4 3 2 1 P-5
H-12
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7 (24 V)
014-003 000-002
H-6
P-1
(12 V)
000-003
1 2 H-6 2 1
P-2 1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
000-004
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-1
(24 V)
000-004
N8A5489E
Diagnosis
Check point
Door Door lock actuator
Fuse
Door lock lock SW Front
F-4 Rear Rear Cable
controller (Driver (Passen-
(15 A) (RH) (LH) harness
side) ger side)
1. All the doors do not lock
❍ ❍ ❍
and unlock
2. All the doors do not get
❍ ❍
locked (or unlocked)
3. Driver side door does not
❍ ❍
get locked (or unlocked)
Trouble
mode 4. Front passenger side
door does not get locked (or ❍ ❍
unlocked)
5. Rear door-RH side does
❍ ❍
not get locked (or unlocked)
6. Rear door-LH side does
❍ ❍
not get locked (or unlocked)
Notice:
All the Doors Do Not Lock and Unlock
N8A5256E
All the Doors Do Not Get Locked (or Unlocked)
N8A5257E
Driver Side Door Does Not Get Locked (or Unlocked)
REPLACE THE DOOR LOCK SWITCH
N8A0216E
FRT Passenger Side Door Does Not Get Locked (or Unlocked)
RR Door-RH Side Does Not Get Locked (or Unlocked)
RR Door-LH Side Does Not Get Locked (or Unlocked)
REPLACE THE DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
N8A0217E
Inspection of The Door Lock Circuit
Check the voltage and the continuity between the controller harness side connector terminals.
B-12 1 2 3
4 5 6
Harness side
Termi- Wire Item Connect-

nal color Connected to to be ing Checking conditions Standard
No. checked terminal
Door lock SW Driver seat side Unlock Continuity
1 R/G (Unlock) 1-Ground door
Lock No continuity
Door lock SW Driver seat side Unlock No continuity
2 G/B (Lock) 2-Ground door
Conti- Lock Continuity
nuity
3 B Ground (Resis- 3-Ground - Continuity
tance) Continuity
4 BR/Y Actuator 4-5 - (There is some
(Unlock)
resistance)
Continuity
5 BR/R Actuator 5-4 - (There is some
(Lock) resistance)
6 R Fuse F-7 (15A) Voltage 6-Ground - Battery voltage
N8A0218E
Door Lock Relay
The door lock controller sends out to each door lock ac-
tuator the lock/unlock signals received from door lock
switch of driver seat side.
B-12
3 2 1
6 5 4
Controller side
For 12V
N8A0220E
Door Lock Operation Test

After confirming that there is continuity between the har-
For 24 Volt ness side connector terminals 4 B-12 and 5 B-12 of the
door lock controller, apply battery voltage to each of the
terminals to conduct the operation test.
When the door lock will not operate, check the door lock
actuator for any trouble.
N8A0219E B-12
Inspection Harness
1 2 3
Remove the connector of the door lock controller, and 4 5 6 side
check the continuity and the voltage between the con-
troller side connector terminals. Connecting terminal
(Connect the (+) terminal of the battery to 6 B-12 and Operation
4 (BR/Y) 5 (BR/R)
the (−) terminal to 3 B-12 .)
Unlock
3 B-12 — 5 B-12 .................Continuity
3 B-12 — 4 B-12 .................Continuity Lock
(Then, ground 2 B-12 .)
5 B-12 ..................Voltage for approx. 1 second
(Disconnect the ground of 2 B-12 , and ground 1 B-12 .)
N8A0221E
4 B-12 ..................Voltage for approx. 1 second
Replace the controller when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
Door Lock Switch (Driver Seat Side) Door Lock Actuator
The door lock switch on the driver’s door is connected Receiving forward or reverse current from the door lock
with the door lock cylinder and the inside lock knob with controller, the door lock actuator locks or unlocks the
a rod. The switch sends lock/unlock signals to the door door with the rod connected to the door lock mecha-
lock controller. nism.
N8A0223E N8A0225E
Inspection Inspection of The Door Lock Actuator

Check to see if there is any continuity between the con- Apply the battery voltage to the connector terminals of
nector terminals of the door lock switch. the door lock actuator to check the operation.
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is When the door lock actuator is checked on the vehicle
found abnormal. and there is no continuity, and when the door lock actu-
ator itself is checked and no trouble is found, check the
circuit between the door lock actuator and the door lock
controller for any failure.
D-4 Switch side

1 2 3
Terminal
Operation No. 1 2 3
Lock
Unlock
N8A0224E

Refer to Section 2 for “DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY”.
D-8 D-9 D-10

Door lock ASM
Actuator side Actuator side
Door FRT
Passenger RR-LH RR-RH
Actuator
Connector
No. D-8 D-9 D-10
Terminal
Operation No. 1 2 1 2 1 2
Lock
Unlock
N8A0226E

Refer to Section 2 for “DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY”.
Power Window
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, power window switch for each of the windows and power window motor.
When the starter switch is turned on, the battery voltage is applied to each of the power window switches through the
circuit breaker and the power window relay on the circuit.
By operating the switches of each window to select “UP” or “DOWN”, the revolving direction of the power window
motor changes to open or close the window.
The driver’s power window switch has a built-in one-touch operating circuit which allows to automatically open the
window by operating the switch to the AUTO position.
When the driver’s power lock switch at the driver side is depressed, the power source to the passenger’s power win-
dow switches will be shut off and passenger’s side power window motor will not operate if the switch is operated.
Operation of Passenger Side Window
NOTE: Arrow marks " " indicate the direction of current
N8A0227E
Parts Location
FL-1, FL-2, FL-26

FUSIBLE LINK
X-7
F-6, F-16
B-7
N8A0228E
FL-1 100A FL-26 30A RELAY; POWER WINDOW For 12 Volt
MAIN POWER WINDOW 2L/B
8W 5W 2 8W/B 3W/B 2B/L X-7
H-6 X-7 5
1
Circuit Diagram
X-7 X-7
2 4
STARTER SW
OFF
FL-2 50A(12V) 1.25L/B 1
ACC F-16 10A H-2
0.5B/Y
2L KEY SW 1
1 2 B METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 H-11 POWER WINDOW SW (LH)
P-3 P-1 3W/B 3W/L B-67
3B/Y 0.5B/Y
P-4 P-2 ST 6
D-3
2L/B B
WINDOW LOCK SW
8
4JH1 D-3
E
0.3B
P-5
FRAME
SW (RH)
WINDOW
FL SW
METER B-51 (8)

2B
UP DOWN
WINDOW SW-LH
AUTO CIRCUIT D-3 D-3

5 4
1.25L/B
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
8 5
H-11 H-11
3
H-11
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
8 5
H-2 H-2
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
UP DOWN 2 4 1
D-3 D-3 D-7 D-7 D-7
1 2
2B
UP DOWN
D-7 D-7
2B
3 5
POWER WINDOW SW (RH)
1.25L
1.25L/W
1.25L/Y
1.25BR/Y
1 2
1 2
D-2 D-2
D-6 D-6
3B
5B UP DOWN UP DOWN
POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(LH) (RH)
N8A0229E
8-233
For 24 Volt
FL-1 100A or 120A F-6 20A RELAY; POWER WINDOW
MAIN POWER WINDOW 2L/B
5W 5W 2 5W/B 3W/B 2B/L X-7
H-6 X-7 5
1
X-7 X-7
2 4
STARTER SW
OFF
FL-2 40A 1.25L/B 1
0.5B/Y
ACC F-16 10A H-2
2L KEY SW 1
1 2 B METER
H-7 B-67 ON 3 H-11 POWER WINDOW SW (LH)
P-1 3W/B 3W/L B-67
3B/Y 0.5B/Y
P-2 ST 6
D-3
2L/B B
WINDOW LOCK SW
8
D-3
E
P-3
0.3B
P-4
SW (RH)
WINDOW
FL SW
METER B-51 (8)

2B
UP DOWN
WINDOW SW-LH
AUTO CIRCUIT D-3 D-3

P-5
5 4
1.25L/B
FRAME
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
8 5
H-11 H-11
3
H-11
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
8 5
H-2 H-2
1.25R/Y
1.25G/Y
UP DOWN 2 4 1
D-3 D-3 D-7 D-7 D-7
2B 1 2
UP DOWN
D-7 D-7
2B
3 5
POWER WINDOW SW (RH)
1.25L
1.25L/W
1.25L/Y
1.25BR/Y
1 2
1 2
D-2 D-2
D-6 D-6
3B
5B UP DOWN UP DOWN
POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(LH) (RH)
N8A0390E
No. Connector Face
D-6 2 1
B-1
002-029
000-001
D-3 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
B-7
008-011
000-012
D-7
1 2 3 4 5
X-7
005-005
005-006
H-2 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
B-67 1 2
008-009
3 4
004-001
3 2 1
H-2
8 7 6 5 4
B-67 2 1
4 3
008-010
004-002
H-11 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
D-2 1 2
008-009
002-028
3 2 1
H-11
8 7 6 5 4
D-2 2 1
008-010
002-029
P-1
(12V)
D-6 1 2
000-003
002-028
No. Connector Face H-6, H-7
P-2
000-004 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
P-1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
(24V) 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
000-006 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-4
N8A5489E
000-006
P-2
(24V)
000-004
P-3
000-004
P-5
(12V)
000-007
P-5
(24V)
000-002
Diagnosis
Check point
Power window Power window
F-6, Power SW motor
Fuse Cable
FL-26 win-
F-16 Pas- Pas- har-
(20A, dow Driver Driver
(10A) senger senger ness
30A) relay side side
side side
All windows do not ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
operate (1) (2) (3) (5) (4)
Lock SW does not ❍
function (1)
Driver side window
Window does not ❍ ❍ ❍

operate (1) (2) (3)
One-touch opera-
❍
tion does not oper-
(1)
ate
Window operates in ❍
only one direction (1)
Front passenger side
window
Trouble Window does not ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
mode operate (2) (1) (3) (4)
Window does not
operate when oper- ❍ ❍
ating the driver side (1) (2)
SW
Window does not
operate when oper- ❍ ❍
ating the passen- (1) (2)
ger side SW
Window operates in
only one direction ❍ ❍
when operating the (1) (2)
driver side SW
Window operates in
only one direction ❍ ❍
when operating the (2) (1)
passenger side SW
Notice:
All Windows Do Not Operate
YES NO
• IS THE FUSE F-6 or FL-26 NORMAL? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• IS THE POWER WINDOW RELAY NORMAL? REPLACE THE CIRCUIT BREAKER
YES NO
• IS B-7 SECURELY GROUNDED? REPLACE THE RELAY
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE POWER WINDOW SW CONNECTOR GROUND IT SECURELY

ON THE DRIVER SEAT SIDE
• TURN THE STARTER SW ON
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 6 D-3 AND THE
GROUND?
YES NO
• IS THE POWER WINDOW SW ON THE DRIVER SIDE REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE
NORMAL? CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
6 D-3 AND 5 X-7
YES NO
• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN B-7 REPLACE THE SWITCH

AND THE GROUND?
NO

8 D-3 AND B-7
N8A0230E
Lock Sw Does Not Function
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE POWER WINDOW SW

ON THE DRIVER SEAT SIDE
N8A0231E
Window on the Driver Side Does Not Operate
• IS THE POWER WINDOW SWITCH ON THE DRIVER

SEAT SIDE NORMAL?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE POWER REPLACE THE POWER WINDOW SWITCH
WINDOW MOTOR ON THE DRIVER SEAT SIDE ON THE DRIVER SEAT SIDE
• WHEN CONNECTING THE MOTOR CONNECTOR
1 D-2 TO THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL AND 2 D-2
TO THE (-) TERMINAL, DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE IN
THE "UP" DIRECTION OF THE WINDOW (OR WHEN
CONNECTING 2 D-2 TO THE (+) TERMINAL AND
1 D-2 TO THE (-) TERMINAL, DOES THE MOTOR
ROTATE IN THE "DOWN" DIRECTION OF THE
WINDOW)?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR OR REPLACE THE POWER WINDOW
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN HARNESS SIDE MOTOR
CONNECTOR TERMINALS 1 D-3 AND POWER
WINDOW MOTOR 1 D-2 OR 2 D-3 AND 2 D-2
N8A0232E
Window on the Front Passenger Side Does Not Operate
• IS THE FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW

SW NORMAL?
YES NO
• IS THE DRIVER´S POWER WINDOW SW NORMAL? REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SW
YES NO
• REMOVE THE CONNECTOR OF THE FRONT REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SW

PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
• WHEN CONNECTING THE MOTOR CONNECTOR
1 D-6 TO THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL AND 2 D-6
TO THE (-) TERMINAL, DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE IN
THE "UP" DIRECTION OF THE WINDOW? (OR WHEN
CONNECTING 2 D-6 TO THE (+) TERMINAL AND
1 D-6 TO THE (-) TERMINAL, DOES THE MOTOR
ROTATE IN THE "DOWN" DIRECTION OF THE
WINDOW?)
YES NO
• WITH THE SWITCH AT THE NEUTRAL POSITION, IS REPAIR OR REPLACE THE POWER WINDOW
THERE ANY CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE HARNESS MOTOR
SIDE CONNECTORS 1 D-6 AND 2 D-6 ?
YES NO

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 5 D-3 AND 2 D-7 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
(OR 4 D-3 AND 4 D-7 ) THE PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW SW
AND THE MOTOR CONNECTOR
N8A0233E
Starter Switch
Power Window Switch-driver Side
Circuit Inspection
Disconnect the switch connectors to check the voltage and the continuity between the harness side connector termi-
nals.
D-3
Harness side
Termi- Item Connect-

Wire
nal Connected to to be ing Checking conditions Standard
color
No. checked terminal
1 L/W
Driver seat side motor 1-2
2 L Continuity
- Continuity
4 G/Y Passenger side power (resistance) 4-5
5 R/Y window SW 5-4
6 L/B Power window relay Voltage 6-Ground Starter SW "ON" Battery voltage
Continuity
8 B Ground (resistance) 8-Ground - Continuity
N8A0234E
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals of the switch.
D-3
Switch side
Window Driver side Passenger side

SW Terminal
position No. 6 1 2 8 6 5 4 8
UP
OFF
DOWN
UP
OFF
LOCK
DOWN
N8A0235E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Switch
1) Insert the screw driver to the cut off portion to
remove the switch.
N8A0236E
Installation
Power Window Switch-passenger Side
Circuit Inspection
Disconnect the switch connectors to check the voltage and the continuity between the harness side connector termi-
nals.
N8A5280E
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals of
the switch.
D-7
Switch side
Terminal
SW position No. 1 2 4 3 5
UP
OFF
DOWN
N8A0238E
Removal Driver Seat Side Power Window Motor

Preparation: Inspection
Disconnect the battery ground cable. Before checking to see if the motor functions correctly,
1. Switch be sure to check the circuit through the connector D-3
1) Insert the screw driver to the cut off portion to of the driver’s power window switch.
remove the switch. If the motor does not operate smoothly, either the motor
2) Disconnect the connector. or the circuit between the switch and the motor is defec-
tive.
1. Circuit inspection of the driver side window switch
Disconnect the switch connector and apply battery
voltage to the harness side connector terminals to
check its function.
N8A0239E
Installation
Removal
Preparation:
1. Window Regulator Assembly
Refer to Section 2 for Window Regulator and
Glass.
D-3 2. Power Window Motor
Remove three screws.
Harness side
Connecting terminal
Operation
1 (L/W) 2 (L)
DOWN
UP
N8A0240E
2. Inspection of the driver seat side motor

Remove the motor connector and apply battery
voltage to the motor side connector terminals to
check its function.
Replace the motor when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
N8A0242E
Installation
M D-2 To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
Terminal No.
Direction 1 2
of operation
DOWN
UP
N8A0241E
Front Passenger Seat Side Power Window Mo- 3. Inspection of the front passenger window motor
tor Disconnect the motor connector and apply battery
voltage to the motor side connector terminals to
Inspection
check its function.
Before checking to see if the motor functions correctly,
Repair or replace the motor when the result of in-
be sure to check the circuit through the front passen-
spection is found abnormal.
ger’s switch connector D-7 and the driver’s power win-
dow switch connector D-3 .
If the motor does not operate smoothly, either the motor
or the circuit between the switch and the motor is defec-
tive. M
1. Circuit inspection of the front passenger seat side

window D-6
check its function.
Terminal No.
Direction 1 2
of operation
D-7
DOWN
UP
Harness side N8A0245E
Connecting terminal Removal

Direction of
3 (L/Y) 5 (BR/Y) operation Preparation:
DOWN
1. Window Regulator Assembly
UP
Refer to Section 2 for Window Regulator and
Glass.
2. Power Window Motor
Remove three screws.
N8A0243E
2. Circuit inspection of the driver seat side switch

check its function.
D-3
Harness side
Connecting terminal Direction of

4 (G/Y) 5 (R/Y) operation
+ DOWN N8A0246E
+ UP
Installation
N8A0244E
Windshield Wiper and Washer
General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, windshield wiper & washer switch, wiper motor, washer motor and the inter-
mittent relay.
When the wiper & washer switch is turned on with starter switch on, the battery voltage is applied to the wiper motor
to activate the wiper.
The washer motor squirts glass cleaning fluid while the washer switch is being pushed. The intermittent relay is used
to control motion of the wiper.
Operation of Windshield Wiper Motor
(When wiper “LO” or “INT” position)
N8A0250E
Notice:
RELAY BOX ASM (No.1)
X-11 KEY ON RELAY (24V ONLY)

Parts Location
X-1 KEY ON RELAY

(12V ONLY)
B-7
N8A0251E
Circuit Diagram
FL-1 60A or 100A(24V)

80A(12V)
MAIN
FUSE BLOCK
3W/L
STARTER SW
FL-2 40A(24V)
50A(12V) ACC
KEY SW
1 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON 3 3B/Y
3W/B B-67
3W/L
2L
ST
5 2 5 2
X-1 X-1 X-11 X-11
P-3 P-1
P-4 P-2
RELAY RELAY
TAIL ON TAIL ON
4JH1 X-1 X-1 X-11 X-11

3 1 3 1
0.5B
(12V) (24V)
3L
P-3
P-4
F-10 15A
WIPER, WASHER
(24V MODEL)
P-5
1.25L(12V)
FRAME 0.5L(24V)
0.5L(24V) 0.5L(24V)
0.85L(12V) 1.25L(12V)
1
B-69 WIPER, WASHER SW
(COMBINATION SW)
1.25L(12V)
0.5L(24V)
OFF I L H W
P
8 B-69 B-69 B-69 B-69 B-69

B-9 3 8 7 4 6
0.85BR/W(12V)
1.25BR/R(12V)
0.5BR/W(24V)
0.5BR/R(24V)
B 0.5L/R(24V)
3
PS B-9
0.85L/R(12V)
6 0.5L/O(24V)
I B-9
0.85L/O(12V)
RELAY; INTERMITTENT
2 3
B-11 B-11
LO HI
4
B-11
B
0.5L/B
7 0.5BR/Y(24V) 5
PM B-9 B-11
0.85BR/Y(12V) P
WIPER MOTOR
B-11
1
W B-9
4 0.5L/B
E
B-9
WASHER MOTOR
1
2
B-8
1.25B(12V)
0.5B(24V)
B-8
0.5B
2
0.5B
3B
N8A0252E
No. Connector Face
P-1
(12V)
B-8 1
2 000-003
002-009
P-2
B-9 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 000-004
008-012
P-1
(24V)
B-11 1 2 3
4 5 6 000-004
006-001
P-4
B-11 3 2 1
6 5 4
000-004
006-016
P-2
(24V)
B-67 1 2
000-006
3 4
004-001
P-3
B-67 2 1
4 3 000-006
004-002
P-5
(12V)
B-69 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 000-007
008-001
P-5
(24V)
B-69 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 000-002
008-002
X-1
005-006 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
X-11 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
005-006 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Diagnosis
1. Windshield Wiper and Washer
Check point
Fuse Wiper&
Intermitt Wiper Washer Cable
F-10 washer
ent relay motor motor harness
(15A) SW
1. Windshield wiper does not op- ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
erate at any switch position (1) (3) (4) (2)
2. Windshield wiper does not op- ❍ ❍ ❍
erate at “INT” position (1) (3) (2)
erate at “LO” position (1) (3) (2)
Trouble
erate at “HI” position (1) (2) (3)
mode
5. Auto-stop function of the
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
windshield wiper motor does
(1) (4) (2) (3)
not operate
6. Rotation of the windshield ❍ ❍
wiper motor does not stop (1) (2)
7. Windshield washer motor ❍ ❍ ❍
does not operate (1) (3) (2)
Notice:
1. Windshield Wiper and Washer
1-1. Windshield Wiper Does Not Operate at Any Switch Position
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE WINDSHIELD REPLACE THE FUSE

WIPER & WASHER SWITCH
• TURN THE STARTER SWITCH ON
SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 1 B-69 AND THE
GROUND?
YES NO
• IS CONTINUITY IN THE WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE
SWITCH NORMAL? CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
THE FUSE F-10 (15A) AND 1 B-69
YES NO
• IS B-7 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SWITCH
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE WINDSHIELD GROUND IT SECURELY

WIPER MOTOR WITH THE MOTOR CONNECTOR 2 B-11
CONNECTED TO THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL, AND THE
CONNECTOR 1 B-11 TO THE (-) TERMINAL, DOES THE
MOTOR ROTATE AT A LOW SPEED?
• AND WITH THE CONNECTOR 3 B-11 CONNECTED TO
THE (+) TERMINAL, DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE AT A
HIGH SPEED?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS OR REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER
AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1 B-11 AND B-7 MOTOR
N8A0254E
1-2. Windshield Wiper Does Not Operate at “INT” Position
• IS CONTINUITY IN THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &

WASHER SWITCH NORMAL?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE REPAIR OR REPLACE WINDSHIELD WIPER &

INTERMITTENT RELAY WASHER SWITCH
• IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE RELAY AND
THE WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER SWITCH
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 6 B-9 AND 8 B-69 ,
OR 3 B-9 AND 3 B-69 RESPECTIVELY?
YES NO
REPLACE THE INTERMITTENT RELAY REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION OR AN OPEN

CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE CIRCUITS
N8A0255E
1-3. Windshield Wiper Does Not Operate at “LO” Position
• IS CONTINUITY IN THE WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

SWITCH NORMAL?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &
CONNECTOR WASHER SWITCH
• CONNECT THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL TO THE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONNECTOR 2 B-11 AND
THE (-) TERMINAL TO 1 B-11
• DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE AT A LOW SPEED?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS OR REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER
AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE CONNECTORS 7 B-69 MOTOR
AND 2 B-11
N8A0256E
1-4. Windshield Wiper Does Not Operate at “HI” Position

YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &
CONNECTOR WASHER SWITCH
• CONNECT THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL TO THE
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONNECTOR 3 B-11 AND
THE (-) TERMINAL TO 1 B-11
• DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE AT A HIGH SPEED?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER
OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 4 B-69 AND 3 B-11 MOTOR
N8A0257E
1-5. Auto-stop Function of the Windshield Wiper Motor Does Not Operate

YES NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &

• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE WINDSHIELD
WASHER SWITCH
WIPER MOTOR
• CONNECT THE MOTOR CONNECTOR 2 B-11 TO THE
BATTERY (+) TERMINAL, AND 1 B-11 TO THE BATTERY
(-) TERMINAL, AND THEN CHANGE THE CONNECTION
OF THE BATTERY (+) TERMINAL TO THE CONNECTOR 4
B-11 WHILE ROTATING THE MOTOR AT A LOW SPEED
• WHEN CONNECTING THE CONNECTOR TERMINALS 2
B-11 AND 5 B-11 IN THIS CONDITION, DOES THE
MOTOR STOP AT AUTO-STOP POSITION?
YES NO
• TURN THE STARTER SWITCH ON REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER

• IS THERE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN THE MOTOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR TERMINAL 4 B-11 AND GROUND?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE WINDSHIELD REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

INTERMITTENT RELAY CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
• IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE RELAY HARNESS THE FUSE F-10 (15A) AND 4 B-11
SIDE CONNECTOR 7 B-9 AND THE WINDSHIELD WIPER
MOTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 5 B-11 ?
YES NO
REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD INTERMITTENT RELAY REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

THE CIRCUITS
N8A0258E
1-6. Rotation of the Windshield Wiper Motor Does Not Stop

YES NO
• THE MOMENT THE WINDSHIELD WIPER COMES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &
AUTO-STOP POSITION, TURN THE STARTER SWITCH WASHER SWITCH
OFF
(ALTERNATIVELY, CONNECT THE BATTERY (+)
TERMINAL TO THE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
CONNECTOR 2 B-11 AND THE (-) TERMINAL TO 1
B-11 , AND THEN MOVE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER
MOTOR TO AUTO-STOP POSITION AND STOP IT)
YES
CONFIRM CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE WINDSHIELD

WIPER MOTOR SIDE CONNECTOR TERMINALS 4 B-11
AND 5 B-11 , AND REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MOTOR
N8A0259E
1-7. Windshield Washer Motor Does Not Operate
• IS CONTINUITY IN THE WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER

SWITCH NORMAL?
YES NO
• TURN THE STARTER SWITCH ON REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WIPER &
• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN THE WASHER SWITCH
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER SWITCH HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR TERMINAL 1 B-69 AND THE
GROUND?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE WINDSHIELD REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

WASHER MOTOR CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
• TURN THE STARTER SWITCH ON FUSE F-10 (15A) AND 1 B-69
• WITH THE WASHER BUTTON OF THE WINDSHIELD
WIPER & WASHER SWITCH DEPRESSED, IS THE
BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN THE WASHER
MOTOR HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR TERMINAL 1 B-8
AND THE GROUND?
YES NO
• IS B-7 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1
B-8 AND 6 B-69
YES NO
• CONNECT THE MOTOR SIDE CONNECTOR 1 B-8 OF GROUND IT SECURELY

THE WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR TO THE BATTERY
(+) TERMINAL, AND THE CONNECTOR 2 B-8 TO THE (-)
TERMINAL
• DOES THE MOTOR ROTATE?
YES NO
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTORS OR REPAIR OR REPLACE THE WINDSHIELD WASHER
AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 2 B-8 AND B-7 MOTOR
N8A0260E
Starter Switch
Windshield Wiper & Washer Switch

With the starter switch on, the windshield wiper and
washer switch controls the start and stop operation as
well as the change of operating speeds.
Both the windshield washer motor and the wiper
motor jointly operate while the washer button is
pushed.
N8A0261E
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals of the switch.
B-69
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 Switch side
Terminal No.
Washer SW Wiper SW
3 7 1 4 8 6
OFF
INT
OFF
LO
HI
MIST,OFF
ON
INT,LO,HI
N8A0262E
Removal and Inspection

Refer to “HEADLIGHT, FOG LIGHT AND CORNERING
Windshield Wiper Motor 2. Windshield Wiper Motor
2) Remove four screws.
3) Remove the ball joint between crank arm and
wiper link.
N8A0263E
Inspection
1. Operation in low speed
With the motor connector terminal 2 B-11 connect-
N8A0264E
ed to the battery (+) terminal and the connector 1
B-11 to the (−) terminal, check to see if the motor Installation
rotates in low speed.
2. Operation in high speed noting the following points.
With the motor connector terminal 3 B-11 connect-
• Windshield Wiper Motor
ed to the battery (+) terminal and the connector 1
When the crank arm is removed from the wind-
B-11 to the (−) terminal, check to see if the motor
shield wiper motor, tighten the motor shaft nut with
rotates in low speed.
the specified torque.
3. Stop operation
After stopping the windshield wiper in the position Tighten:
on the way by confirming the operation at the low Shaft nut to 17 N⋅m (170 kg⋅cm/147 lb⋅in)
speed in item No. 1. • Temporarily fit the motor by using one of the four
When the connectors 2 B-11 and 5 B-11 are con- wiper motor fixing screws.
nected, while connecting the motor connector ter- • Put the crank arm ball joint in the wiper link hole
minal 4 B-11 to the battery (+) terminal, check to and fix them together while pulling the wiper link.
see, if the motor rotates at low speed and stops at
the auto-stop position.
Repair or replace the motor when the results of the
above inspections are found abnormal.
Removal
Preparation:
1. Glove Box
Refer to “INSTRUMENT PANEL” of section 2.
Windshield Washer Motor Installation
Inspection To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
With the battery (+) terminal connected to the washer
motor connector terminal 1 B-8 and the (−) terminal to
the connector 2 B-8 , check to see if the cleaning fluid
pushes out.
Replace the tank/motor when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
1 2
B-8
N8A0265E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Instrument Panel Under Cover
Refer to “INSTRUMENT PANEL” of section 2.
2. Washer Tank
1) Disconnect the washer motor connector.
2) Disconnect the washer hose.
3) Remove three fixing screws.
3. Clip Band
4. Windshield Washer Motor
Hold the motor and pull it out from the washer tank.
2 4
N8A0266E
Intermittent Relay
Circuit Diagram
N8A0267E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Glove Box
Open the lid and remove the four screws.
2. Intermittent Relay
1) Press A position with your finger and pry up B
position with the tip of a screw-driver.
2) When the relay moves up by about 2/3 of its
size, tilt and take off the relay to avoid interfer-
ence with the instrument panel.
Windshield Wiper Arm & Blade
Removal
1. Cover
2. Wiper Arm Nut
3. Wiper Arm & Blade
A
Instrumental panel 2
1 2
B 3
1
Instrument
panel rein-
forcement
N8A0269E
Installation
1. Before installing the wiper arm & blade to the shaft,
2
confirm that the motor stops at the auto-stop posi-
tion.
View S
2. Set the wiper arm & blade so that the tips of both
blades are positioned as shown in the illustration.
3. Tighten the wiper arm nut to the specified torque.
Tighten:
N8A0268E Wiper arm nut to 17 N⋅m (170 kg⋅cm/147 lb⋅in)
Installation
Approx. 45mm(STD Cab)

Approx. 70mm(Wide Cab)
N8A0270E
Windshield Wiper Linkage
Location of Rod and Pivot
Pivot (Wiper: RH)

Pivot (Wiper: LH)
Rod Rod
Wiper motor
N8A0271E
Removal 2. Pivot Nut

Preparation: Remove the rubber seal, nut and retaining rubber.
1. Wiper Arm & Blade
Remove the cover, nut and wiper arm & blade.
Cover Nut
1
Rubber seal
Retaining rubber
2
N8A0273E
N8A0272E
3. Instrument Panel Assembly 5. Instrument Panel Reinforcement
Refer to “INSTRUMENT PANEL” of section 2. Refer to “INSTRUMENT PANEL” of section 2.
N8A0274E N8A0276E
4. Wiper Motor 6. Wiper Link Assembly

1) Remove the four screws. Remove two retaining nuts from left hand side of
2) Disconnect the ball joint between the crank arm pivot.
and the wiper link.
Pivot (Wiper: LH)
N8A0277E
N8A0275E
Remove two retaining nuts from right hand side of Wiper Blade Rubber
pivot. Removal
1. Wiper Blade
Push the wiper blade lock while pulling the wiper
blade in the arrow direction.
Notice:
Pivot (Wiper: RH) When the wiper blade has been removed, wrap the tip
of the wiper arm with cloth, to avoid damaging the glass.
N8A0278E
Installation
• Temporarily fit the wiper motor by using one of the
four wiper motor fixing screws.
• Put the crank arm ball joint in the wiper link hole N8A0477E
and fix them together while pulling the wiper link.
2. Wiper Blade Rubber
• Fit the motor with four screws.
1) Pull the end of rubber and remove the projec-
• Tighten the pivot nut with the specified torque. tion from the click of the blade stay.
Tighten: 2) Pull the rubber out in the same direction.
Pivot nut to 8 N⋅m (80 kg⋅cm/70 lb⋅in)
• Tighten the wiper arm nut with the specified torque.
Tighten:
Wiper arm nut to 17 N⋅m (170 kg⋅cm/147 lb⋅in)
N8A0280E
Installation
1. Wiper Blade Rubber
Install the click of the blade stay in the groove of the
new rubber and slide it in. Complete installation by 1
pushing the click.
2
N8A0486E
Audio and Cigar Lighter

General Description
The circuit consists of the starter switch, radio, cigar
N8A0281E
lighter and the relay.
Finally, check that the click of the stay has caught The audio circuit is designed for the current to flow
in the hole of the rubber. through the receiver circuit when the radio switch is
turned on with the starter switch in “ACC” or “ON”. Cur-
rent runs through the memory circuit of the audio regard-
less of the position of the starter switch.
When the cigar lighter is pushed in with the starter
switch at either “ACC” or “ON” position, a circuit is
formed in the cigar lighter case to heat the lighter coil.
The cigar lighter is spring back to its original position af-
ter the lighter coil is heated.
N8A0282E
2. Wiper Blade
Push the lock of wiper blade (1) into the retentive
portion on the tip of wiper arm (2).
Parts Location
F-4, F-7, F-15

X-4 TAIL RELAY
N8A0283E
Circuit Diagram
STARTER SWITCH
FL-2 40A(24V) OFF
50A(12V) ACC 1
KEY SW B-67
1 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON
3W/B 3W/L
FL-1 100A or 120A ST
2L MAIN
(12V)
P-1
8W
P-2
5W
5W
3R/Y
H-6
P-3
P-4
5W/B (24V)
8W/B (12V)
(24V MODEL)
P-5
F-4 15A
F-15 15A
0.85G/B
FRAME AUDIO(B),
DOOR LOCK AUDIO(IG)
CIGAR LIGHTER
0.5R/Y
3W/B
3W/B
0.5R
2 1
X-4 X-4
RELAY; TAIL
0.5R/Y
0.5R/Y
X-4 X-4
4 5
F-7 10A
TAIL
LIGHT
3W
0.85LG/R 0.5LG/R
0.5LG/R
0.85LG/R
0.3G/O
10 11 4
1 1
B-28 B-28 B-28
CIGAR LIGHTER
B-43 B-44
RADIO & CLOCK
B-28 B-28 B-28 B-28 B-28

9 12 5 13 6
B-43 B-45
0.5G/R
0.5G
0.5O
0.5B
2 1
0.3B
(COMBINAITION SWITCH)
CLEARANCE LIGHT (LH)
7 6 7 6
H-2 H-2 H-11 H-11
0.5B
LIGHTING SWITCH(8)
0.5G/R
0.5G
0.5O
0.5B
1.25B (12V)
0.5B (24V)
1 2 1 2
D-5 D-5 D-1 D-1
2B
SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH)

3B 2B
N8A0284E
No. Connector Face
D-1 1
2
B-1
002-009
000-001
1
D-1
2
B-7
002-010
000-012
B-44
1
X-4
001-011
005-006
B-45
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
B-28
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 001-009
013-001
B-67 1 2
3 4
B-43 1
2 004-001
002-009
B-67 2 1
4 3
1
B-43
2 004-002
002-010
H-2 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
D-5 1
2 008-009
002-009
3 2 1
H-2
8 7 6 5 4
1
D-5
2 008-010
002-010
P-5
H-11 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 (12V)
008-009 000-007
3 2 1 P-5
H-11
8 7 6 5 4 (24V)
008-010 000-002
H-6, H-7
P-1
(12V)
000-003
1 2 H-6 2 1
P-2 1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
000-004
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-1
(24V)
000-004
N8A5489E
P-4
000-004
P-2
(24V)
000-006
P-3
000-006
Diagnosis
1. Cigar Lighter Does Not Heat Sufficiently
YES NO
• IS B-7 GROUNDED SECURELY? REPLACE THE FUSE
YES NO
• REMOVE THE CIGAR LIGHTER GROUND IT SECURELY

• SET THE STARTER SWITCH TO EITHER "ACC" OR "ON"
POSITION
BIMETAL AT THE CENTER OF THE CASE AND OUTER
OF THE CASE?
YES NO
• SET THE STARTER SWITCH TO EITHER "ACC" OR "ON" REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE
• IS THE BATTERY VOLTAGE APPLIED BETWEEN B-7 CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN
AND GROUND? FUSE F-15 (15A) AND 1 B-44
YES NO
REPLACE THE CIGAR LIGHTER ASSEMBLY REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1
B-45 AND B-7
N8A0285E
2. The Cigar Lighter Does Not Spring Out After Being Heated
• IS THE FORM OF CIGAR LIGHTER NORMAL?
YES NO
REPLACE THE CIGAR LIGHTER ASSEMBLY REPLACE THE CIGAR LIGHTER

(INCLUDE OUTER CASE)
N8A0286E
Starter Switch 2. Radio

Refer to “START AND CHARGING” in this section. 1) Remove the two radio fixing screws.
2) Disconnect the connector and feeder plug.
Radio
Removal
Preparation:
1. Center Cluster
1) Pull it to remove. Pry off three clips by the tip of
screwdriver.
2) Remove the cigar lighter power source and its
illumination connector.
Notice:
To remove the center cluster, do not force to pry off
three clips at upper portion of the center cluster.
1
N8A0393E
Legend
1. Radio
Installation
Antenna
Inspection
The metal A is connected to the pole D at the top of the
antenna through the core of the feeder.
N8A0392E
The metal B is fitted in the feeder shielding the core, and
grounded at the screw C to avoid the core hampered by
noise.
Legend Defective grounding would cause noise.
1. Center Cluster
Notice:
For easier fitting, tie the lead wire to the end of the an-
tenna feeder in advance.
N8A0289E
3
In checking, measure the following three points with the
circuit tester in the range of “resistance x 1 (Ω).”
Between A and B
No continuity (No reading at the indicator) →
Normal
Continuity (A bite in the feeder. The core grounded) →
Lower reception
Between B and C 5
Continuity (Indicator reading: 0Ω) → Normal 7
4
No continuity (Shielded core disconnected or defective 6
grounding at the screw → Hampered by noise)
Between A and D
Continuity or no continuity N8A0394E
There are some antenna feeders and relay feeders with
a condenser built in their connections.
Legend
Measuring resistance between the two points does not
result in correct judgment. Connect temporarily another 1. Antenna
normal antenna to the radio and check to see if its re- 2. Antenna Bracket
ception is audible. Most antenna now available are slide 3. Feeder
type. Rust at the screw C and the cab panel where 4. Joint Connection
grounded would lead no continuity, followed by lower re- 5. Feeder
ception. 6. Clip
Keep this portion clean to avoid rust. 7. Radio
Removal
Preparation: Installation
Disconnect the battery ground cable. To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
1. Antenna
Speaker
1) Disconnect the joint connector.
Inspection
2) Remove the upper and lower side antenna
bracket. 1. With the circuit tester set to the range of × 1 (Ω),
connect the circuit tester probes (red and black) to
3) Pull out the antenna feeder.
the (+) and (−) terminals of the speaker.
2. When the speaker is normal, a low buzzing sound
is heard.
3. When the speaker is defective, no sound is heard.
However, the distortion or chattering of the sound
cannot be identified.
When the speaker is installed to the vehicle, dis-
connect the connectors before checking.
When no sound is heard, the following are consid- Cigar Lighter
ered as the cause. Removal
• The speaker wiring is disconnected at the speaker Preparation:
terminals. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
• The speaker body is defective. 1. Center Cluster
• There is an open circuit somewhere in the speaker Refer to “RADIO” in this section.
harness on the vehicle side. 2. Cigar Lighter Assembly
• The speaker harness on the vehicle side is ground- Remove the nut, then remove cigar lighter assem-
ed or caught up. bly, bezel and outer case.
Removal
Preparation:
1. Door Pad
Refer to “FRONT DOOR TRIM PAD” of section 2. 3
2. Speaker Panel
Disconnect the speaker connector.
3. Speaker
4. Waterproof Sheet
2 5
4
1
N8A0395E
Legend
1. Bezel
2. Cigar Lighter Assembly
3. Center Cluster
4. Outer Case
5. Nut
N8A5341E Installation
Legend Meter and Warning/indicator Light
1. Trim Panel
2. Speaker Panel General Description
3. Speaker The circuit consists of the starter switch, meter assem-
4. Waterproof Sheet bly, vacuum tank switch, seat belt switch, oil pressure
switch, fuel sedimenter switch, brake fluid switch, park-
Installation ing brake switch, vehicle speed sensor, fuel tank unit,
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order. thermo unit and engine speed sensor.
The meter assembly contains the speedometer, ta-
chometer, fuel meter, thermometer and the warning/in-
dicator light.
The meter warning/indicator lights and their bulb sock-
ets are a unit, they are installed from the back of the
speedometer assembly.
<4JB1>
B-236 B-52 METER N-6 E-7
AIR PRESSURE PARKING BRAKE SW THERMO UNIT
SWITCH B-336 METER
(4JH1)
H-14 For 12 Volt
STATER SW
J-53,J-54
Parts Location
B-51 METER FUEL SEDIMENTER
B-55 METER
J-28
B-334, B-335 FUEL TANK UNIT
TACHOGRAPH
(IN METER) E-2
TACHO
FUSE BOX ASM
SENSOR
F-4,F-7,F-16
J-32 VEHICLE
N-5 SPEED SENSOR
<4JH1> FRAME
HARNESS
B-338 A
TACHOGRAPH
(IN INST)
P-5 H-14
A
P-2
X-13 BUZZER H-14
CANCEL RELAY BATTERY
P-1 E-14
E-7 OIL PRESSURE
THERMO UNIT SWITCH
B-67 RELAY BOX
ASM <4JH1>
X-5 ABS
INDICATOR RELAY
FL-1,FL-2 FUSIBLE LINK P-1
B-18 DIODE P-5
X-33 DIODE H-5~H-7 P-2
J-128
B-1 HBB LEVEL SW
J-9
B-337
PLUS CONVERTER
B-7 STARTER
H-12 J-8 OIL <4JH1>

PRESSURE SW (12V)
(Except 4JH1)
B-71 VACUUM P-3 P-4
TANK SW
B-85 BRAKE
OIL LEVEL SW
N8A0534E
8-275
B-52 J-53, J-54
B-236
AIR PRESSURE METER FUEL SEDIMENTER
SWITCH For 24 Volt
STARTER SW
B-51 N-6
X-33 METER PARKING BRAKE SW
DIODE N-5
SEAT BELT SW
J-28
FUEL TANK UNIT
FUSE BOX ASM
F-4, F-7, F-16
J-32 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

P-5
P-1
H-14
P-2
BATTERY
X-5 ABS
INDICATOR RELAY <4HE1, 4HF1, 4HG1, 4HK1>
P-3
P-4
B-67 H-14
RELAY BOX ASM
FL-1, FL-2
X-13 BUZZER FUSIBLE LINK
CANCEL RELAY
J-9
H-5, H -7, H-8
B-18 J-128
DIODE B-1 HBB LEVEL SW
B-7
B-55 STARTER
METER
H-12 E-2
J-8 TACHO SENSOR
OIL PRESSURE SW
B-71
VACUUM TANK SW
B-85 E-76 THERMO
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW SENSOR(UNIT)
N8A0535E
Circuit Diagram
Except 4JH1 / 4HK1 Engine
TACHOMETER
39
8
10
1
H-14
B-52
H-5
E-2
0.3L/O 0.5L/O 0.5L/O
ENGINE
SPEED
38
2
9
B-52
H-14
SENSOR
H-5
E-2
0.5B/L 0.5B/L 0.5B/L
COOLANT THERMO UNIT
1
6
23
4
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
H-14
B-55
H-5
E-7
0.3Y/B 0.5Y/B 0.5Y/B
FUEL LEVEL FUEL TANK UNIT
10
14
2
B-51
J-28
H-5
3
0.3BR/R 0.5BR/R
AUDIO(B), DOOR LOCK
J-28
0.5B
21
FUEL GAUGE
1
5
B-55
J-28
H-5
0.3Y/R 0.5Y/R
7
F-4 15A
0.85B
B-55
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
19
12
2
SPEEDOMETER
2
0.85R 0.5R
B-52
B-52
J-32
H-5
0.5B
25
1
3
B-55
J-32
H-5
SIG
0.3Y/G 0.5Y/G
31
1
3
B-55
J-32
H-5
+
5W/B (24V)
8W/B (12V)
0.3B/Y 0.5B/Y
2
B-55
QOS-III CONTROL UNIT (9) SHORT CONNECTOR (W/O HBB)

0.3W
SPEED WARNING
(SAUDI ARABIA)
10
2
DSW
F-16 10A
SHORT CONNECTOR (WITH HBB)

METER
2
VACUUM TANK
H-6
0.5B/Y
B-51
BR/Y
BUZZER SW
0.3
B-71
0.3BR
1
VACUUM
3
SENSOR
POWER SOURCE B-18
0.3W/B
0.3W/B
CIRCUIT
DIODE
REAR FOG
RELAY;
4
B-18 B-18 AIR PRESSURE

B-52
RELAY: BUZZER CANCEL

0.3 SW
4
RR FOG LIGHT(5) 0.5R/B
2
B-236
B-52
X-13
X-13
0.3BR BR 0.3BR
1
B-236
TURN - RH
11
3B/Y
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SW

B-55
B-70 (13)
3
5
X-13
X-13
0.5G/W
BOOST
11
B-51
0.3BR/Y
0.3W/B
8
TURN - LH
8
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SW

B-55
X-33
0.3W/B
B-70 (5) PARKING BRAKE

0.5G/B SW
3
DIODE
HIGH BEAM 0.3W/B

X-333
9
1
H-12
0.3W/B
B-67
10
0.3W/L
N-6
0.3BR
0.3B
8W
B-55
HEAD LIGHT (LH)

0.3W/B
0.5R/G
0.5B/Y
0.5W/R
HBB LEVEL
EXHAUST BRAKE
ACC
X-33 SW
ON
ST
EXHAUST BRAKE SW
B-51
12
8
STARTER SW
0.5W/B
J-128
J-128
0.3 7
H-5
H-5
B-69 (2)
0.5LG/L
W/R
OFF
ILLUMINATION (X5)
2
0.5BR
J-128
J-128
H-5
5
B-52
0.5LG/R
FUSE NO. 9
0.5B
(24V)
B
RELAY; TAIL (5) CHARGE

0.5W/L
3
B-52
B-67
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
RELAY; CHARGE (5)
2
1
14
0.3W/B 3B
B-51
B-85
B-85
3W/L
WATER
1
SEDIMENTER WATER SEDIMENTER SW

H-7
12
30
1
B-51
J-53
J-54
H-5
0.3BR/W 0.5BR/W 0.5B

FL-1 100A or 120A
40A(24V)
50A(12V)
OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE SW (55, 69, 66)

20
1
1
B-52
H-5
J-8
KEY SW
0.3SB 0.5SB
MAIN
FL-2
SEAT BELT (SAUDI ARABIA) SEAT BELT SW

10
9
3
2
H-12
H-12
B-51
N-5
N-5
TIMER
0.3W/G 0.3W/G 0.5B 2B
(24V MODEL)
GLOW
B-51
0.3O/L
QOS-III CONTROL UNIT (13)
FRAME
QOS-II CONTROL UNIT (7)

P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
7
P-5
ABS 0.5W
B-51
X-5
0.5B 2B
X-5
5
3
0.3W/V
3B
X-5
X-5
EHCU ; ABS
ABS INDICATOR RELAY

B-7
B-1
J-9
(CENTER)
BRACKET (LH)
(FRONT)
HEADLIGHT
FRAME-LH
FRAME-LH
0.5B/Y
N8A0527E
For 4JH1 Engine
FOR EC ONLY
1
B-335
TACHOGRAPH
0.5B
(IN METER)
2
B-335
TACHOMETER
B-52
8
ECM (27)
2
1
3
0.5LG
B-334
B-338
B-338
0.5B
9
B-52
B-335
B-335
B-335
6
B-338
0.3W/B
0.3B
TACHOGRAPH
5
COOLANT
(IN INST)
5
B-338
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
23
H-14
B-55
4
1
H-5
E-7
0.5B/Y
0.3Y/B 0.5Y/B 0.5Y/B
0.5LG/R
4
B-338
THERMO UNIT
0.5LG/R
10
14
3
FUEL LEVEL
0.5R
B-338
B-51
2
J-28
H-5
0.5R 0.3BR/R 0.5BR/R 0.5B
J-28
3
21
5
1
B-55
J-28
FUEL GAUGE
H-5
0.3Y/R 0.5Y/R
FUEL TANK UNIT
7
B-55
0.85B
19
10
12
2
0.5R 0.5R
B-52
B-52
J-32
H-5
VEHICLE SPEED
0.85B 0.5B
25
1
3
B-55
J-32
H-5
SPEEDO
SENSOR
0.3Y/G 0.5Y/G
4
6
B-337
B-337
METER
CONVERTER
31
0.3B
1
B-55
J-32
H-5
AUDIO(B), DOOR LOCK
0.3B/Y 0.5B/Y
5
B-337
B-336
3
PLUS
0.3W/R
ECM (60)
1
B-337
SENSOR
15A
0.5B/Y POWER SOURCE

0.85LG/R
CIRCUIT
F-4
SHORT CONNECTOR (W/O HBB)

EXHAUST
BRAKE
1
2
B-51
B-51
EXHAUST BRAKE SWITCH B-69 (2)

(COMBINATION SWITCH) 0.5LG/L 0.5G/R
10
2
10A
TAIL LIGHT
ILLUMINATION
SHORT CONNECTOR (WITH HBB)
5
(X5)
B-52
F-7
0.5LG/R
8W/B
TURN (RH)
11
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH (RH) B-70 (13)

B-55
VACUUM TANK
BR/Y
(COMBINATION SWITCH) 0.5G/W SW
0.3BR
0.3
B-71
1
TURN (LH)
B-55
8
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH (LH) B-70 (5)
3
(COMBINATION SWITCH) 0.5G/B
0.5B/Y
B-18
0.3W/B
0.3W/B
HIGH BEAM
TAIL RELAY
10
B-55
HEADLIGHT (LO)
DIODE
0.5R/G
2
H-6
REAR FOG
4
B-52
RELAY; RR FOG LIGHT (5) RELAY; B-18 B-18 AIR PRESSURE

0.5R/G
BUZZER CANCEL SW
2
4
VACUUM
B-236
0.3BR
BR 2
1
B-236
2
1
B-52
X-13
X-13
BUZZER
0.3
0.3
BR
70dB
3
5
X-13
X-13
METER
BOOSTER
F-16
11
B-51
0.3BR/Y
10A
0.3W/B
8
X-33
3B/Y
0.5W/B
PARKING BRAKE
SW
DIODE
0.3W/B
X-333
9
1
H-12
N-6
0.3W/B
0.3W/L
5W
0.3BR
3
HBB LEVEL
0.3W/B
B-67
0.5B/Y
0.5W/R
X-33 SW
0.3 7
12
0.5W/B
J-128
J-128
H-5
H-5
W/R
0.5BR
J-128
J-128
H-5
ACC
0.5B
STARTER SWITCH
ON
ST
0.5B/Y
0.5W/L
3
CHARGE
B-51
B-52
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH

BRAKE FLUID RELAY; CHARGE (5)
1
14
LEVEL 0.3W/B 3B
B-51
B-85
B-85
B
8W
CHECK ENGINE
4
B-51
B-67
ECM (43)
0.5G/Y
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
2
3W/L
20
E-14
H-14
OIL PRESSURE
B-52
1
1
H-5
0.3LB 0.5LB 1.25LB

H-7
WATER SEDIMENTER SWITCH

WATER
12
30
SEDIMENTER
B-51
1
1
J-54
J-53
H-5
0.3LG/W 0.5LG/W 0.5B

6
GLOW
B-51
ECM (43)
0.3O/L
100A
50A
KEY SW
ABS
B-51
X-5
X-5
MAIN
0.85B
FL-1
0.5W 0.5B 2B
FL-2
0.5B
2B
3B
3
5
X-5
X-5
EHCU ; ABS
0.5B/Y 0.3W/V
ABS INDICATOR
RELAY
B-1
B-7
J-9
2L
FRAME
P-1
P-2
(CENTER)
BRACKET (LH)
FRAME-LH
FRAME-LH
HEADLIGHT
(FRONT)
P-5
P-3
P-4
N8A0528E
For 4HK1 Engine
H-14 H-14 H-14

H-8
13
13
TACHOMETER 0.3B/L 0.3V 0.3V 0.3V
B-52
)
H-8
E-2
9
(
16
12
ENGINE SPEED
0.3LG 0.3LG 0.3LG 0.3LG SENSOR
B-52
)
E-2
H-8
2
8
(
15
13
THERMO
23
0.3Y/B
7
3
H-14
E-76
B-55
H-5
METER
4
THERMO UNIT
14
FUEL LEVEL 0.3BR/R
B-51
2
J-28
H-5
10
0.5B
J-28
3
21
0.3Y/R
B-55
J-28
FUEL METER
1
H-5
5
FUEL TANK UNIT
B-55
7
0.85B
19
12
0.85B
B-52
B-52
0.5R 0.5R
2
J-32
H-5
VEHICLE SPEED
0.5B
10
25
0.3Y/G
B-55
3
J-32
H-5
SPEEDO
SENSOR
METER 0.5Y/G
31
0.3B/Y
B-55
1
J-32
H-5
0.5B/Y
3
SENSOR
POWER SOURCE
CIRCUIT SHORT CONNECTOR (W/O HBB)
AUDIO(B), DOOR LOCK
ILLUMINATION
0.5LG/R (X5)
5
B-52
10
2
15A
TURN SHORT CONNECTOR (WITH HBB)

11
0.5G/W (RH)
B-55
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH (RH) B-70 (13)

F-4
TURN
10A
TAILLIGHT
(LH)
B-55
TURN SIGNAL LIGHT SWITCH (LH) B-70 (5) 0.5G/B VACUUM TANK
0.3BR
(COMBINATION SWITCH) SW
0.3
BR
F-7
HIGH
B-71
1
10
BEAM
B-55
0.5R/G
HEADLIGHT (LO)
3
5W/B
EXHAUST B-18
0.3W/B
0.3W/B
BRAKE
1
0.5LG/R
B-51
EXHAUST BRAKE SWITCH B-69 (2)
DIODE
4
0.5R/G RR FOG
B-52
2
RR FOG RELAY X-23 (5)

RELAY; B-18 B-18 AIR PRESSURE
H-6
BUZZER CANCEL
TAIL RELAY
SW
4
0.3BR
2
B-236
B-52
X-13
X-13
BR 2
1
B-236
VACUUM
BUZZER
0.3
BR
0.3
90dB
3
5
X-13
X-13
11
BOOSTER
B-51
0.3BR/Y
W/B
8 0.3
X-33
0.5W/B
PARKING BRAKE
SW
DIODE
0.3W/B
9
1
H-12
X-33
N-6
0.3W/B
0.5B/Y
0.3W/B
0.3BR
0.3BR
0.3B
F-16 10A
X-33
METER
0.5W/R
HBB LEVEL
SW
0.3 7
12
0.5W/B
J-128
J-128
W/R
H-5
H-5
2
0.5BR
J-128
J-128
H-5
0.5B
3
B-67
5W
CHARGE 0.5W/L
3
B-52
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH

ACC
BRAKE FLUID RELAY; CHARGE (5)

ON
STARTER SWITCH
ST
1
14
LEVEL
2
0.3W/B 3B
B-51
B-85
B-85
OFF
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

0.5B/Y
OIL PRESSURE
B-52
B-51
0.3LB 0.5LB
H-5
J-8
B
1
20
1
B-67
GLOW 0.3O/L
B-51
ECM (3)
6
2
ABS INDICATOR RELAY

3W/L
ABS 0.5W 0.5B 2B

B-51
X-5
X-5
4
1
7
1
0.5B/Y 0.3W/V
H-7
X-5
X-5
EHCU ; ABS
3
5
FL-1 100A or 120A
0.5B
3B
FL-2 40A
KEY SW
MAIN
B-1
B-7
J-9
(CENTER)
BRACKET (LH)
(FRONT)
FRAME-LH
HEADLIGHT
FRAME-LH
2L
FRAME
P-1
P-2
P-3
P-4
P-5
N8A0529E
Except 4JH1 / 4HK1 Engine
No. Connector Face

B-67 1 2
3 4
004-001
B-1
000-001
B-67 2 1
4 3
B-7 004-002
000-001
B-71
1
B-18 1 2 3 4
001-013
004-004
B-71 1
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
001-014
012-005
J-8
1
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
001-013
014-001
J-8 1
B-55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
001-014
012-004
B-85 1
2
002-009
N-6 1
001-002
1
B-85
2
002-010
N-6
1
001-011
B-236 H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
002-022 014-002
6 5 4 3 2 1
N-5 1 H-12
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
2 3
003-020 014-003
1 2 3 4
N-5 1 H-14 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14
3 2
15 16
003-021 016-003
4 3 2 1
E-2 9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10
(66) 1 2
16 15
002-001 016-004
E-2
J-9
(66) 2 1
002-002 000-001
E-2
J-53
(55,69) 1 2
002-011 000-010
E-2
J-53
(55,69) 2 1
002-012 000-011
E-7 1 J-54
001-018 000-010
J-54 P-2
000-011 000-006
J-128 P-3
004-018 000-006
P-5
J-28 1 2
3 (12V)
003-016 000-007
J-28 2 1 P-5
3
003-017 000-002
1 2 3 4
J-32 1 2 3 H-14 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
003-018 016-001
P-1 4 3 2 1
H-14 8 7 6 5
(12V) 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
000-003 016-002
J-8
(FOR
P-1 4J type
ENGIN
1
E)
000-004 001-019
P-4 X-5
000-004 005-006
No. Connector Face For 4JH1 Engine
No. Connector Face
X-13
B-1
005-006
000-001
X-33 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B-7
014-002
000-017
H-5
B-18 1 2 3 4
004-004
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
B-52
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
012-005
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7 014-001
B-55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 H-6 2 1 012-004
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
B-67 1 2
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
3 4
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 004-001
B-67 2 1
N8A5489E 4 3
004-002
1 3
B-71 B-334
1
2 4
001-013 004-014
1 5
B-71 1 B-335 2 6
3 7
4 8
001-014 008-014
E-14 B-336
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
001-013 006-018
E-14 1 B-337 8765

1234
001-014 008-013
2 1
B-85 1 B-338
2 6 5 4 3
002-009 006-003
1
B-85 E-7
2 1
002-010 001-009
N-6 H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6
2 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
002-023 014-002
6 5 4 3 2 1
B236 H-12
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
1 2
002-022 014-003
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
J-28 2 1
3
15 16
016-003 003-017
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10 J-32 1 2 3
16 15
016-004 003-018
J-9 J-128
000-001 004-018
J-53 P-5
000-010 000-007
J-53 P-1
000-011 000-002
J-54 P-2
000-010 000-002
J-54 P-3
000-011 000-014
J-28 1 2 P-4
3
003-016 000-014
No. Connector Face H-6, H-7
X-5 2 3 4
005-001 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
X-13 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
005-006 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
X-33 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 N8A5489E
014-002 For 4HK1 Engine
H-5 No. Connector Face
B-1
000-001
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
B-7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
000-001
J-9
N8A5488E
000-001
B-18 1 2 3 4
004-004
X-5
005-006
X-13 B-71 1
005-006 001-014
X-33 1 2 3 4 5 6 J-8
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1
014-002 001-013
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J-8 1
012-005 001-014
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 B-85 1

2
014-001 002-009
1
B-55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B-85
2
012-004 002-010
B-67 1 2
B-236
3 4 1 2
004-001 002-022
B-67 2 1 N-6
4 3 2 1
004-002 002-023
B-71 E-2 1 2
1
001-013 002-013
E-76 1 2
J-128
3
003-004 004-018
H-12 1 2 3 4 5 6 P-1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
014-002 000-004
6 5 4 3 2 1
H-12 P-4
1413 12 11 10 9 8 7
014-003 000-004
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
P-2
15 16
016-003 000-006
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10 P-3
16 15
016-004 000-006
J-28 1 2 P-5
3
003-016 000-002
J-28 2 1
3
003-017
J-32 1 2 3
003-018
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Diagnosis
1. Speedometer
Check point
Vehicle speed
Speedometer Cable harness
sensor
1-1. Speedometer and odometer do not func- ❍ ❍ ❍
tion (3) (1) (2)
1-2. Speedometer does not function ❍
(odometer is normal) (1)
Trouble 1-3. Odometer does not function ❍
mode (Speedometer is normal) (1)
1-4. Speedometer needle fluctuates ❍ ❍ ❍
(May be wide fluctuation) (3) (1) (2)
❍ ❍ ❍
1-5. Speedometer needle jumps erratically
(3) (1) (2)
Notice:
2. Tachometer
Check point
Engine speed
Tachometer Cable harness
sensor
❍ ❍ ❍
2-1. Tachometer does not function
(3) (1) (2)
Trouble 2-2. Tachometer needle fluctuates ❍ ❍ ❍
mode (May be wide fluctuation) (3) (1) (2)
❍ ❍ ❍
2-3. Tachometer needle jumps erratically
(3) (1) (2)
Notice:
3. Coolant Temperature Gauge
Check point
Meter Thermo Thermo Thermo Cable
ASM meter unit seat harness
3-1. Coolant temperature gauge nee- ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
dle does not move (3) (4) (2) (1)
Trouble 3-2. Coolant temperature gauge read- ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
mode ing is too low (or high) (4) (5) (3) (1) (2)
3-3. Needle overshoots (or goes up to ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
the “H” range) (3) (4) (1) (2)
Notice:
4. Fuel Gauge
Check point
Fuel tank Cable
Meter ASM Fuel gauge
unit harness
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
4-1. Fuel gauge needle does not move
(3) (4) (2) (1)
Trouble 4-2. Even when the tank is filled up with fuel, ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
mode the needle does not reach “F” (3) (4) (2) (1)
4-3. When the tank is not full of fuel, the nee- ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
dle overshoots (or goes to “F”) (3) (4) (2) (1)
Notice:
5. Warning/indicator Light
Check point
Parking Brake Oil Fuel Sedim Seat
Light Vacuum 4WD Cable
brake fluid pressure tank enter belt
bulb SW SW harness
SW SW SW unit SW SW
5-1. When the parking
brake lever is pulled, the ❍ ❍ ❍
indicator light does not (2) (1) (3)
light up
5-2. Even when the park-
ing brake lever is ❍ ❍
released, the indicator (1) (2)
light does not go off
5-3. While the engine
operating, the oil pressure ❍ ❍
warning light does not go (2) (1)
off
5-4. Even when the tank is
❍ ❍
full with fuel, the fuel warn-
(1) (2)
ing light lights up
Trouble
mode 5-5. Even when the tank is
❍ ❍ ❍
empty, the low fuel warn-
(1) (2) (3)
ing light does not light up
5-6. Even when the float in
the water sedimenter goes
❍ ❍ ❍
up above the drain warn-
(2) (1) (3)
ing level, the indicator light
does not light up
5-7. Even when the brake
fluid is lower than speci- ❍ ❍ ❍
fied level, the level warn- (1) (2) (3)
ing light does not light up
5-8. Even when the vac-
uum tank is empty vac- ❍ ❍
uum warning buzzer does (1) (2)
not sound
Notice:
1. Speedometer
1-1. Speedometer and Odometer Do Not Function
• DOES THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT IN

NORMALLY?
YES NO
• ARE THE CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE VEHICLE SPEED REPLACE THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
SENSOR AND THE METER, AND THE FUSE ( F-16 10A)
AND THE GROUND NORMAL?
YES NO

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN
THE CIRCUIT
REPLACE THE SPEEDOMETER
N8A0299E
1-2. Speedometer Does Not Function (Odometer Is Normal)
REPLACE THE SPEEDOMETER ASSEMBLY
N8A0300E
1-3. Odometer Does Not Function (Speedometer Is Normal)
REPLACE THE SPEEDOMETER ASSEMBLY
N8A0300E
1-4. Speedometer Needle Fluctuates (May Be Wide Fluctuation)
N8A5366E
1-5. Speedometer Needle Jumps Erratically
N8A5366E
Inspection of waveform by oscilloscope

1. Connect a resistance of 1.3 to 5k ohm (1.4W or more) between the harness side connectors 8 B-51
and 1 B-55 of the meter.
B-51 B-55
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2. Install a speedometer tester.

3. Turn on the starter SW.
4. Check the waveform at the time when the vehicle speed is at 60 Km (37 mph).
Normal waveform
Approximate battery voltage
0V
2V or less
23.6 m sec.
N8A0304E
2. Tachometer
2-1. Tachometer Does Not Function
N8A5368E
2-2. Tachometer Needle Fluctuates (May Be Wide Fluctuation)
N8A5368E
2-3 Tachometer Needle Jumps Erratically
• IS THE PULSE INPUT NORMAL?
YES NO

CONNECTORS IN THE CIRCUIT OR A FAILURE IN
THE HARNESS, OR REPLACE ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
REPLACE THE TACHOMETER
N8A0307E
3-1. Coolant Temperature Gauge Needle Does Not Move
• IS THE CONNECTOR OF THE THERMO UNIT

CONNECTED SECURELY?
YES NO
CONNECT THE CONNECTOR SECURELY

• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE THERMO
UNIT
• CONNECT A 3.4W BULB BETWEEN THE HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR 1 E-7 AND THE GROUND OF THE
THERMO UNIT
• WHEN THE STARTER SW IS TURNED ON, DOES THE
TEMPERATURE GAUGE NEEDLE MOVE ABOUT 10
SECONDS AFTER THAT?
YES NO
• IS THE THERMO UNIT NORMAL? • IS THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE TEMPERATURE

GAUGE AND THE THERMO UNIT NORMAL?
YES NO YES NO
REPAIR A POOR REPLACE THE • IS THERE A BROKEN • REPAIR A POOR

CONNECTION AT THE THERMO UNIT WIRE IN THE PRINTED CONNECTION AT THE
CONNECTOR CIRCUIT OF THE CONNECTORS OR AN
METER ASSEMBLY? OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
CIRCUIT
YES NO
REPLACE THE PRINTED

CIRCUIT BOARD
CHECK THE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE GAUGE
AND REPLACE IT WITH A
CORRECT ONE IF
NECESSARY
N8A0308E
3-2. Coolant Temperature Gauge Reading Is Too Low (or High)
• DOES THE THERMOSTAT OPERATE NORMALLY?
YES NO
• TURN THE STARTER SWITCH ON REPLACE THE THERMOSTAT

• WHEN INSERTING AND PULLING OUT THE
THERMOSTAT CONNECTOR 1 E-7 SEVERAL
TIMES, DOES THE INDICATION OF THE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE VARY?
YES NO
• IS THE THERMO UNIT NORMAL? REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTOR

OF THE THERMO UNIT
YES NO
• IS THERE AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE METER REPLACE THE THERMO UNIT

ASSEMBLY PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD?
YES NO
REPLACE THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CHECK THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE AND

REPLACE IT IF FOUND DEFECTIVE
N8A0309E
3-3. Needle Overshoots (or Goes Up to the “H” Range)
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE THERMO

UNIT
• WHEN THE STARTER SW IS TURNED ON, DOES
THE POINTER REACH TO THE "H" RANGE?
YES NO
• IS THERE A SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE REPLACE THE THERMO UNIT

THERMO UNIT AND THE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE?
YES NO
• IS THE PRINTED CIRCUIT OF THE METER REPAIR A SHORT CIRCUIT

ASSEMBLY GROUNDED SECURELY?
YES NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CHECK THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE AND

REPLACE IT IF FOUND ABNORMAL
N8A0310E
4. Fuel Gauge
4-1. Fuel Gauge Needle Does Not Move
• IS THE CONNECTOR OF THE FUEL TANK UNIT J-28

CONNECTED SECURELY?
YES NO
CONNECT THE CONNECTOR SECURELY

• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE FUEL
TANK UNIT
• CONNECT A 3.4W BULB BETWEEN THE HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR 1 J-28 AND THE GROUND OF
THE FUEL TANK UNIT
FUEL GAUGE NEEDLE FLUCTUATE AFTER ABOUT 90
SECONDS?
YES NO
• IS THERE CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE FUEL • IS THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE FUEL GAUGE AND
TANK UNIT CONNECTOR TERMINALS 1 J-28 THE FUEL TANK UNIT NORMAL?
AND 3 J-28 ?
YES NO YES NO
REPLACE THE FUEL • IS THERE A BROKEN REPAIR A POOR

TANK UNIT WIRE IN THE PRINTED CONNECTION AT THE
CIRCUIT OF THE CONNECTORS OR AN
METER ASSEMBLY? OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
CIRCUIT
REPAIR A POOR YES NO

CONNECTION AT THE
CONNECTORS OR AN
OPEN CIRCUIT CHECK THE FUEL
BETWEEN THE FUEL METER, AND REPLACE IT
TANK UNIT AND THE IF NECESSARY
METER
REPLACE THE PRINTED

CIRCUIT BOARD
N8A0311E
4-2. Even when the Tank Is Filled Up with Fuel, the Needle Does Not Reach “F”
• WHEN INSERTING AND PULLING OUT THE

CONNECTOR J-28 OF THE FUEL TANK UNIT
SEVERAL TIMES, DOES THE POINTER OF THE FUEL
GAUGE STAY AT THE SAME POSITION?
YES NO
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE FUEL TANK REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTOR
UNIT OF THE FUEL TANK UNIT
• CONNECT THE FUEL TANK UNIT HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR 1 J-28 AND 3 J-28 WITH A LEAD
WIRE
NEEDLE OVERSHOOT TO "F" AFTER ABOUT 5
MINUTES?
YES NO
• IS THERE A BROKEN CIRCUIT IN THE PRINTED • REMOVE THE FUEL TANK UNIT
CIRCUIT OF THE METER ASSEMBLY? • DOES THE FLOAT ARM OPERATE SMOOTHLY?
YES NO YES
REPLACE THE PRINTED • IS THE RESISTANCE

CIRCUIT BOARD VALUE OF THE FUEL
TANK UNIT NORMAL?
CHECK THE FUEL NO

GAUGE AND REPLACE
IT IF FOUND
ABNORMAL REPLACE THE FUEL
TANK UNIT
N8A0312E
4-3. When the Tank Is Not Full of Fuel, the Needle Overshoots (or Goes Up To “F”)
• DISCONNECT THE CONNECTOR OF THE FUEL TANK

UNIT
NEEDLE STILL POINT TO "F"?
YES NO
• IS THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE FUEL TANK UNIT • REMOVE THE FUEL TANK UNIT
AND THE FUEL METER NORMAL? • DOES THE FLOAT ARM OPERATE SMOOTHLY?
YES NO YES
• IS THE PRINTED REPAIR A SHORT • ARE THE RESISTANCE VALUES OF THE

CIRCUIT OF THE CIRCUIT IN THE FUEL TANK UNIT AT "E" AND "F" POINTS
METER ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT NORMAL?
GROUNDED
SECURELY?
YES NO NO
REPAIR OR REPLACE REPLACE THE FUEL TANK UNIT

THE PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD
CHECK THE FUEL

GAUGE, AND REPLACE
IT IF NECESSARY
N8A0313E
5. Warning/indicator Light
5-1. When the Parking Brake Lever Is Pulled, the Indicator Light Does Not Light Up
N8A5377E
5-2. Even when the Parking Brake Lever Is Released, the Indicator Light Does Not Go Off
N8A5378E
5-3. While the Engine Is Operating, the Oil Pressure Warning Light Does Not Go Off
• IS THE ENGINE OIL PRESSURE NORMAL?
YES NO
• WITH THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR J-8 REFER TO THE "ENGINE" SECTION
DISCONNECTED, DOES THE WARNING LIGHT GO
OFF?
YES NO
• WHILE THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, IS THERE REPAIR A SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN 1 J-8 AND 1
CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B-52 (METER)
CONNECTOR J-8 AND THE BODY GROUND?
NO
REPLACE THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
N8A0316E
5-4. Even when the Fuel Tank Is Full with Fuel, the Fuel Warning Light Lights Up
• WHEN THE FUEL TANK UNIT CONNECTOR J-28 IS

DISCONNECTED, DOES THE WARNING LIGHT GO
OFF?
YES NO
• IS THE FUEL TANK UNIT NORMAL? REPAIR A SHORT CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE FUEL
TANK UNIT HARNESS SIDE CONNECTORS 2 J-28
AND 10 B-51 (METER)
NO
REPLACE THE FUEL TANK UNIT

N8A0317E
5-5. Even when the Fuel Tank Is Empty, the Low Fuel Warning Light Does Not Light Up
• DOES THE WARNING LIGHT HAVE A BURNED OUT

BULB, OR IS THE SOCKET POORLY CONNECTED?
YES NO
• IS THE FUEL TANK UNIT NORMAL? REPLACE THE BULB, OR REPAIR A POOR
CONNECTION AT THE SOCKET
YES NO
REPLACE THE FUEL TANK UNIT
REPAIR A POOR CONNECTION AT THE CONNECTOR

OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTORS 2 J-28 AND 10 B-51 (METER)
OR 3 J-28 AND J-9
N8A0318E
5-6. Even when the Float in the Water Sedimenter Goes Up above the Drain Warning Level, the Indicator Light
Does Not Light Up
• DOES THE INDICATOR LIGHT HAVE A BURNED-OUT

BULB OR IS THE SOCKET POORLY CONNECTED?
YES NO
• IS THE WATER SEDIMENTER SWITCH NORMAL? REPLACE THE BULB, OR REPAIR A POOR
CONNECTION AT THE SOCKET
YES NO
REPLACE THE WATER SEDIMENTER SWITCH

CONNECTORS OR AN OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE
CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE WATER SEDIMENTER
SWITCH HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR 1 J-53
AND 12 B-51 (METER), OR 1 J-54 AND J-9
N8A0319E
5-7. Even when the Brake Fluid Is Lower than Specified Level, the Level Warning Light Does Not Light Up
N8A5384E
5-8. Vacuum Warning Buzzer Does Not Sound
N8A0321E
Starter Switch
Turn Signal Light Switch

Refer to “TURN SIGNAL LIGHT, HAZARD WARNING
LIGHT AND STOPLIGHT” in this section.
Exhaust Brake Switch

Refer to “EXHAUST BRAKE” in this section.
Meter Assembly
Layout for Gauges, Warning, Indicator and Illumination Lights
Except 4HK1-TC
Speedometer Warning lens
E F 2 3
1
4
km/h
TRIP A
ODO B
0 x1000 r/min
C H
Fuel gauge Coolant temperature gauge
Tachometer &
digital clock
PUSH
SET
H M
N8A0479E
Notice:
The calibration and the red zone of tachometer are various depending on the models fitted.
For 4HK1-TC
Speedometer Warning lens Tachometer Warning lens
Without Smoother Smoother
1ST
START
Fuel gauge Coolant temperature gauge
N8A0480E
Bulb Location for Warning Lens
Except 4HK1-TC
N8A0481E
For 4HK1-TC
1ST
START
1 : Smoother
*2 : Without Smoother
*
N8A0482E
Table for Meter Connector Terminal Connections
Except 4HK1-TC
B-336
B-51
B-52
B-55
N8A0483E
B-336 B-55
Terminal No. Connected to Terminal No. Connected to

1 IGN (+) 1 Speed pulse input
2 — 2 —
3 Speed pulse input 3 Power output (sensor)
4 — 4 ECT unit (GAUGE)
5 Ground 5 Fuel tank unit (GAUGE)
6 Illumination (+) 6 —
7 Ground
B-51
8 Turn signal (LH)
9 —
1 Exh. Brake
10 Beam (+)
2 Exh. Brake / Seat belt (GCC)
11 Turn signal (RH)
3 —
12 —
4 Check engine
5 PTO ECT - Engine Coolant Temperature
6 Glow
7 ABS
8 IGN (+)
9 4WD
10 Fuel low
11 Vacuum / Booster
12 Sedimenter
13 Low coolant
14 Brake
B-52

1 Oil pressure
2 Vacuum SW
3 Charge
4 Parking / Rear fog
5 Illumination (+)
6 —
7 Illumination (−)
8 Signal (tacho)
9 Ground (tacho)
10 Ground
11 —
12 +B
For 4HK1-TC
B-52
20 8
9 1
9 20
1 8
B-53 B-51
N8A0484E
B-53 (With Smoother) B-52
Terminal No. Connected to Terminal No. Connected to

1 TCM 1 4WD
2 — 2 —
3 — 3 Turn RH
4 — 4 —
5 — 5 Thermal
6 1st Start 6 Fuel
7 ECONO 7 TAM Pulse (−)
8 Smoother 8 TAM Pulse (+)
9 — 9 —
10 — 10 Sedimenter
11 — 11 Front Fog
12 — 12 —
13 —
B-51
14 —
15 Glow
1 Turn LH
16 Battery
2 Beam
17 Vehicle Speed Sensor
3 —
18 —
4 Brake (*1) / — (*2)
19 —
5 Check Engine (*1) / Brake (*2)
20 Ground
6 Exhaust Brake
7 —
8 — Terminal No. Connected to
9 Brake Booster 1 Battery
10 Charge 2 —
11 Oil Pressure 3 Ground
12 ABS
13 — (*1) / Check Engine (*2)
14 —
15 Ground
16 Vehicle Speed Signal Output
17 Illumination +
18 Ignition
19 Rear Fog
20 ASR
*1: With Smoother

*2: Without Smoother
Removal Installation
Preparation: To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
1. Meter Cluster
N8A0327E
N8A0325E
Speedometer
The speedometer is made up of the cross coil type am-
2. Meter Assembly meter (movement) that displays indications, the stepper
Remove the five screws. motor that drives and adds up the odometer and trip
meter, and the driving circuit (printed circuit board) that
makes exchanges between the pulse signals and the
current.
80 100
60
40 120
140
20
km/h
TRIP A 160
0 ODO B
N8A0326E
Disconnect the meter connectors.

N8A0328E
For 4HK1-TC (General Export)
Meter display
Tester display speed
permissible level
40 km/h 37 — 41 km/h
50 60
40 60 58 — 62
70
30 80 77.5 — 82.5
80
20 100 97.5 — 103
90
10 MPH
120 117 — 122.5
100
140 137.5 — 143
TRIP A
0 ODO B
For 4HK1-TC (Europe)
Meter display
permissible level
N8A0330E 20 km/h 20 — 22.5 km/h
On-vehicle Service 40 40 — 42.5

Check the meter display accuracy and the operation of 60 60 — 63.2
the odometer with the speedometer tester. 80 79.7 — 83.4
Notice:
Inappropriate tire inflation may affect the accuracy of the Individual Inspection
odometer. Remove the speedometer from the meter assembly and
(To conduct this test, refer to the tester manufacturer's measure the resistance and the current consumption
instruction manual.) between each terminals.
Since the meter display permissible levels above are Replace the speedometer when the result of inspection
specifications solely for the meter, they are to be used is found abnormal.
as reference values when conducting on-vehicle ser-
vice. 4 Pulse output B
SENSOR
Except 4HK1-TC
Meter display
Tester display speed GND
permissible level
20 km/h 17.5 — 22.5 km/h
40 37.5 — 42.5
60 57.5 — 62.5
80 77.5 — 82.5
100 97.6 — 103.4
120 117.6 — 123.4
140 137.6 — 143.4
IGN
N8A0332E
Meter display
permissible level
20 MPH 18.3 — 21.7 MPH Terminal symbol Resistance value
40 38.3 — 41.7 IGN — GND 58±20 kΩ
60 58.3 — 61.7 SEN — GND 70±20 kΩ
80 77.8 — 82.8 4P — GND ∞
Removal
Preparation:
• Except 4HK1-TC
1. Meter Assembly
Refer to “METER ASSEMBLY” in this section.
2. Meter Glass
Remove it by pushing the catches with your finger.
3. Speedometer
Remove four screws securing the meter at the
back side.
N8A0485E
Installation
Tachometer
The tachometer is made up of the cross coil type amme-
ter (movement) that displays indications, and the drive
circuit (printed board) that makes exchange between
N8A0333E the pulse signals and the current.
• For 4HK1-TC
1. Remove the meter assembly/speedometer (1).
Notice:
Speedometer cannot be removed as a single unit since
it is integrated into the meter assembly.
• Refer to “Meter Assembly” in this section.
2. Remove the meter plate (2) and meter glass (3).
• Remove the two installing screws on the meter
surface.
• Remove the meter plate by pushing the catch-
es with your finger.
N8A0334E
On-vehicle Service Inspection

1. Set up the tune-up tester to the engine.
2. Start the engine and compare the readings dis-
played by the tachometer and the tester.
When the difference between these two readings
differs largely from the specified value, replace it
with a correct one.
Notice:
Since the meter display permissible levels above are
specifications solely for the meter, they are to be used
as reference values when conducting on-vehicle inspec-
tion.
Except 4HK1-TC
Tester terminal
Meter display Terminal
Tester display speed symbol Red Black Black Red
permissible level
(+) (−) (−) (+)
500 400 — 500 IGN GND IGN GND
1000 800 — 1050 IGN — GND
∞ 30±5 kΩ
2000 1800 — 2050
PIN GND PIN GND
3000 2800 — 3050 PIN — GND
33±5 kΩ 500 — 1000 kΩ
4000 3800 — 4050
For 24 Volt tachometer
For 4HK1-TC
Tester terminal
Meter display Terminal
Tester display speed symbol Red Black Black Red
permissible level
(+) (−) (−) (+)
750 700 — 800
IGN GND IGN GND
2000 1900 — 2150 IGN — GND
∞ 30±5 kΩ
3000 2950 — 3200
PIN GND PIN GND
4000 3950 — 4200 PIN — GND
33±5 kΩ 500 — 1000 kΩ
Individual Inspection
2. Current value
Remove the tachometer from the meter assembly and Use the analog type circuit tester.
measure the resistance value and the current consump- Since the current consumption fluctuates as the power
tion between each terminals. voltage varies, check to be sure that the voltage applied
Replace the tachometer when the result of inspection is is 12±1 V or 24±1 V.
found abnormal.
Connecting Current
Voltage Remarks
terminal consumption
12±1 V
No signal
12Volt (when 12±1 V
input
applied)
IGN — GND
24±1 V
No signal
24Volt (when 24±1 V
input
applied)
Removal
Preparation:
• Except 4HK1-TC
1. Meter Assembly
2. Meter Glass
N8A0336E Remove it by pushing the catches with your finger.
3. Tachometer
1. Resistance value Remove three screws securing the meter at the
Use the analog type circuit tester. (Range: 1K) back side.
For 12 Volt tachometer
surface.
N8A0337E
• For 4HK1-TC
1. Remove the meter assembly/tachometer (1).
Notice:
Tachometer cannot be removed as a single unit since it N8A0485E
is integrated into the meter assembly.
• Refer to “Meter Assembly” in this section. Installation
Coolant Temperature Gauge

Circuit Diagram
Engine coolant temperature gauge
IGN UNIT
Thermo unit
-
GND
N8A0338E
Inspection
Remove the coolant temperature gauge from the meter
assembly, and measure the resistance value between
each terminal.
Replace the coolant temperature gauge when the result
of inspection is found abnormal.
Notice:
Coolant temperature gauge and fuel gauge cannot be
removed as a single unit since they are integrated into
the meter assembly.
• Refer to “Meter Assembly” in this section.
surface.
N8A0339E
Terminal symbol Resistance value

IG — U 169 Ω±10%
U—E 333 Ω±10%
IG — E 242 Ω±10%
Removal
Preparation:
• Except 4HK1-TC N8A0485E
1. Meter Assembly Installation

2. Meter Glass
Remove six screws securing the meter at the back
side.
N8A0340E
• For 4HK1-TC
1. Remove the meter assembly (1).
Fuel Gauge
Circuit Diagram
N8A0341E
Inspection Warning Lens

Remove the fuel gauge from the meter assembly, and Removal
measure the resistance value between each terminal.
Preparation:
Replace the meter when the result of inspection is found
abnormal.
1. Meter Assembly
2. Meter Glass
3. Meter Plate
4. Warning Lens
4
3
2
N8A0342E
Terminal symbol Resistance value

IG — U 108.1 Ω±10%
U—E 103 Ω±10%
IG — E 211.1 Ω±10% N8A5404E

Refer to the “COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE” in
this section.
Legend
1. Meter Assembly
2. Meter Glass
3. Meter Plate
4. Warning Lens
Installation
Warning Light Bulb, Indicator Light Bulb and Il-

lumination Light Bulb
Removal
Preparation:
1. Meter Assembly
2. Socket and Bulb N8A0345E
Hold the bulb socket by hand and rotate it counter-
clockwise to remove them from the meter body. Inspection
3. Bulb 1. Connect a resistance of 390 Ω±5%, 2W between
Pull out the bulb from the socket. connector terminal 1 J-32 and battery (+) terminal
and connect the connector terminal 2 J-32 to the
battery (−) terminal.
Caution:
Be extremely careful not to connect the battery (+) ter-
minal to the connector 3 J-32 .
This may damage the vehicle speed sensor.
2. Rotate the shaft of the vehicle speed sensor slowly
and measure the voltage between 3 J-32 and 2
J-32 with a digital tester.
The voltage, with one rotation of shaft, fluctuates four
times in the following range: 10 to 14V ↔ 24 or less.
Replace the sensor when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
N8A0344E
Installation
Vehicle Speed Sensor

The vehicle speed sensor is installed on the rear portion
of the transmission or transfer case.
The number of pulses generated is four pulses per one
rotation of the pinion shaft.
Caution:
Tightening must be made at the hexagonal part of the
sensor.
To tighten the connector itself would cause damage.
Thermo Unit
Inspection
The thermo unit is thermistor type and must be inspect-
ed under the conditions as shown below.
1. Put the deviation of the galvanometer to 0 by using
the variable resistor, switch the thermo unit off and
then measure the resistance of the resistor through
the bridge.
Confirm that the resistance is continuously variable
in any other points than those shown below.
2. Dip the thermo unit into 80 — 90°C (176 — 194°F)
water and confirm that there is no bubble continu-
ously coming out of inside of the unit.
Replace the unit when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
N8A0346E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Vehicle Speed Sensor
Disconnect the connector.
N8A0348E
Connector
Parking
brake drum
Temperature
1
Check condition 50°C 115°C
(112°F) (239°F)
+33.6 +1.71
7 V 55 Ω
−33.6 −2.21
Gauge Resis- 226.0 26.4
tance value
(Ω) +2.68
7 V 25 Ω
— −3.68
Gauge
24.3
N8A0347E
Installation
1. Tighten the vehicle speed sensor to the specified
torque.
Tighten:
Vehicle speed sensor to 25 N⋅m (2.5 kg⋅m/18 lb⋅ft)
Oil Pressure Switch Fuel Tank Unit
Inspection The tank unit varies the internal resistance according to
Check the continuity between the switch terminal and the float position (fluid level) to operate the fuel meter
the body ground with the starter switch is OFF position. needle. Also available is the build-in switch type to warn
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is the driver of low fuel level (about 5 liters left in the tank)
found abnormal. by illuminating the fuel warning light.
N8A5410E N8A5412E
Circuit Inspection Inspection

1. Start the engine. (Level Switch type of warn low fuel level)
2. When disconnecting the oil pressure switch con- 1. Check the resistance between the connector termi-
nector then connecting the harness side connector nals 1 J-28 and 3 J-28 while shifting the float
to the ground, check to see if the oil pressure warn- from “E” to “F” point.
ing light lights up. When the light will not light up, 2. Check if the low fuel warning switch turns on and
check the circuit between the meter and the oil off at the specified positions. If found defective, re-
pressure switch, and repair an open circuit if nec- place the fuel tank unit.
essary.
N8A5411E
N8A0352E
2. Check if the low fuel warning light turns on when

the float is at “E” position. If found defective replace
the fuel tank unit.
N8A0331E
Float position Resistance value (Ω)

F 3±2.1
1/2 32.5±4.8
E 110±7.7
(Float type of warn low fuel level)

1. Check the resistance between the connector termi-
nals 1 J-28 and 3 J-28 while shifting the float
from “E” to “F” point.
N8A0353E
2) Remove five screws.
N8A0331E
N8A0354E
Float position Resistance value (Ω)

Installation
F 3±2.1 To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order.
1/2 32.5±4.8
Engine Speed Sensor
E 110±7.7
Inspection
Removal Measure the resistance value between the engine
speed sensor connector terminals.
Preparation:
Replace the engine speed sensor when the result of
inspection is found abnormal.
1. Fuel Tank Unit 4J Series engine = 1.36 — 1.86 KΩ
1) Disconnect the connector. 4H Series engine = 0.57 — 0.86 KΩ
N8A0355E N8A0357E
Removal Removal
Preparation: Preparation:
Disconnect the battery ground cable. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
1. Engine Speed Sensor 1. Vacuum Switch
1) Disconnect the connector. 1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Remove the engine speed sensor. 2) Remove the vacuum switch.
Installation
Apply liquid gasket to the screw portion of the switch to
prevent vacuum leak.
Vacuum Warning Buzzer

Inspection
Apply battery voltage to the buzzer connector terminals
to check the buzzer sound.
Replace the buzzer when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
Removal
Preparation:
1. Meter Assembly
2. Vacuum Warning Buzzer
N8A0356E
2) Remove the buzzer fixing screw.
Installation
Vacuum Switch
Inspection
When the pressure value is below 250±30 mm Hg
(33.3±4.0 kPa), check to see if there is continuity be-
tween the terminal and the ground. If no continuity, re-
place the switch with a normal one.
Brake Fluid Switch
Inspection
1. Confirm there is continuity between the switch con-
nector terminals when the brake fluid in the tank is
between 60 — 75 cc level.
1
2. Turn the switch on, disconnect the brake fluid
switch connector and connect the harness side
2 connector terminals. Then confirm that brake
warning light turns on.
If found defective, replace the tank, or repair a poor
connection or an open circuit between the connec-
tor terminals.
N8A0358E
Legend
1. Meter Assembly
2. Vacuum Warning Buzzer
Installation
Water Sedimenter Switch

Inspection
1. When the float in the water sedimenter is above the
drain warning level, confirm if there is continuity be- N8A0360E
tween the switch connector terminals.
2. Turn the starter switch on, disconnect the water Removal
sedimenter connector and connect the harness Preparation:
side connector terminals. Then confirm that the Disconnect the battery ground cable.
sedimenter warning light turns on. 1. Instrument Panel Assembly
If found defective, replace the switch or repair a Refer to “INSTRUMENT PANEL” of section 2.
poor connection or an open circuit between the
2. Brake Fluid Tank (Brake Fluid Switch)
connector terminals.
1) Disconnect the switch connector.
2) Remove four fixing nuts.
3) Drain brake fluid in the tank.
4) Disconnect the tubes.
Caution:
Be very careful not to allow the brake fluid to come in
contact with painted surfaces or resin parts surfaces.
N8A0359E
N8A0361E N8A0362E
Installation Parking Brake Switch

To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order, Inspection
noting the following points. 1. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
1. Bleed the air from brake and clutch fluid pipe line. 2. Check to see if there is any continuity between the
2. Check to see if the brake fluid level in the tank with- switch terminal and the body ground with the circuit
in specified level. tester connected between them.
3. Check to see if brake warning light comes on when
starter switch is turned on and then warning light When parking brake applied Continuity
goes off after the engine running. When parking brake released No continuity
Parking Brake Indicator Light Repair the parking brake switch or replace it when the
The parking brake indicator light is connected in series result of inspection is found abnormal.
with the parking brake switch installed to the parking
brake lever bracket.
The light comes on when the parking brake lever is
pulled, and goes out when the parking brake lever is ful-
ly released.
Notice:
The parking brake indicator light illuminates to warn the
driver that the parking brake is on. This light does not in-
dicate the condition of the operability of the parking
brake.
Circuit Inspection
1. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
2. Connect the harness side connector terminal to the
ground.
3. Check to see if the indicator light comes on with the
starter switch “ON”.
Check the bulb or the harness when the result of
inspection is found abnormal. N8A0363E
Removal
Preparation:
1. Parking Brake Switch
2) Remove the fixing screw.
N8A0364E
Installation
Heater and Air Conditioning

General Description
The air conditioning consists of compressor, evaporator,
condenser, A/C switch, fan switch, etc. When the engine
is rotating, the A/C starts to work with both the A/C and
fan switches “ON”, followed by the engagement of the
magnetic clutch. It stops to work when either the fan
switch or the A/C switch turns “OFF”. In addition to the
switches, the A/C has the function of temporary stop of
its operation by the sensing system in the A/C cycle,
such as:
• sensing abnormal rise of the refrigerant pressure
by means of the pressure switch.
• sensing temperature of the blowing-off air by
means of the thermo switch preventing the evapo-
rator from freezing.
• sensing the coolant temperature by the thermo
switch (available for limited models only).
<4JB1, 4JH1, 4JG2> For 12 Volt
X-12
Parts Location
X-10
B-339 A/C ON
SIGNAL RESISTOR
H-5, H-6,
H-8
FL-1, FL-25 FUSIBLE LINK

X-24 A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY <4HG1>
X-26 A/C SIGNAL RELAY
B-234 ECM
(55)
N8A0532E
8-331
For 24 Volt
X-12
X-10
FUSE BOX ASM

F-1
J-191 ECM
H-14, H-105 (4HK1)
<4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1 / 4HK1>
F-26 FUSE
FL-1 FUSIBLE LINK
J-23 DIODE
X-27 CONDENSER FAN
RELAY
N8A0533E
RELAY; PRESSURE
RELAY; A/C THERMO
HEATER & A/C F-1 10A SWITCH
FL-1 100A
Circuit Diagram
AIR CON 5 0.85G/W 2 0.85G/W 1 2 0.85G/O

2L MAIN 5 3L 0.5BR 1 X-10 H-5 J-6 J-6
30B/R 8B 8W 8W/B X-12 X-10
H-6
3W/B 1 X-12
2
P-1 2 4
2 4 FL-25 30A X-10 X-10
P-2 RELAY; CHARGE (5) X-12 X-12
0.5W/R HEATER
4JB1 / 4HG1 ENGINE ONLY
0.85G/O
For 12 Volt - Except 4JH1
1.25LG/B
4
B-17
P-5
0.5BR
DIODE
0.5P/G
FRAME
B-17
3
0.85G/O
1.25L
2L
0.5B
0.5LG
1
3 1 E-5
2 1 2 B-15 B-15
B-14 B-39 B-39
BLOWER
MOTOR
0.5G/O
B-14
1 B-39 B-15
MAGNETIC CLUTCH
A/C SWITCH (COMPRESSOR)
3 2
ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
0.5G/Y
2L/B
0.5G/Y
2L/B 2L/B 4 1
B-13 B-42
1 3 J-57
2
B-42
1.25L/O 3
B-13 B-42
4 6
VSV FICD
1.25B
0.85L/Y
B-13 B-42
2 5 2 J-58
1
0.5L/W
B-13 B-42
3 4 1 OFF
BLOWER RESISTOR
0.5B
3B 3B 2B
HEADLIGHT BRACKET (LH) B-7 B-42
1
5B
FAN SWITCH
2B
FRAME-LH (CENTER) J-9
N8A0518E
8-333
RELAY;
GLOW (4)
RELAY; PRESSURE
RELAY; A/C THERMO SWITCH
HEATER & A/C F-1 10A
FL-1 100A
AIR CON 5 0.85G/W 2 0.85G/W 1 2 0.85G/O
2L MAIN 5 3L 0.85BR 1 X-10 H-5 J-6 J-6
30B/R 8B 8W/B 2 8W/B X-12 X-10
H-6
3W/B 1 X-12
P-3 P-1 2 4 RELAY;
2 4 FL-25 30A X-10 X-10
P-2 RELAY; CHARGE (5) X-12 X-12 A/C COMPRESSOR
P-4
0.5W/R HEATER 2
0.85G/Y 1 X-24
X-24
For 12 Volt - 4JH1 Engine
1.25LG/B
2 0.5W/G 5 3
X-24 X-24
B-17
P-5
DIODE
0.85BR
0.5P/G
FRAME
B-17
1
1.25L
0.5L/R
0.5G/O
2L
0.5B
0.5LG
RELAY;
3 1 A/C SIGNAL
2 1 2 B-15 B-15 0.5G/Y 1
B-14 B-39 B-39
X-26 2
X-26
BLOWER 5 3
X-26 X-26
MOTOR
B-14
1 A/C SWITCH B-39 B-15
3 2
15 16
ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT H-8 H-8
0.5G/Y
0.5G/Y
1
H-14
2L/B
0.5G/Y
0.5W/G
41 33
0.85G/Y
2L/B 2L/B 4 B-234 B-234

B-13 B-42
1 3
2
B-42 1 ECM
0.5B
1.25L/O 3
B-13 B-42 E-5
4 6
2B
0.85L/Y
B-13 B-42
2 5 2
0.5L/W
0.5G/Y
B-13 B-42
3 4 1 OFF
MAGNETIC
BLOWER RESISTOR CLUTCH
(COMPRESSOR)
5B 3B 2B
1
FAN SWITCH
A/C ON
SIGNAL RESISTOR
0.85B 0.5B 2 1
FRAME-LH (FRONT) B-1 B-339 B-339
2B
N8A0514E
RELAY; PRESSURE
RELAY; A/C THERMO
HEATER & A/C F-1 10A SWITCH
FL-1 100A
AIR CON 5 0.85G/W 2 0.85G/W 1 2 0.85G/O
MAIN 5 3L 0.85BR 1 X-10 H-5 J-6 J-6
8B 8W/B 5W X-12 X-10
H-6
3W X-12
2 1 RELAY;
2 4
2 X-10 X-10
RELAY; CHARGE (5) X-12 X-12 F-25 30A A/C COMPRESSOR
4
0.85W/R HEATER 0.85G/Y
2L 1
X-24 2
X-24
1.25LG/B
5 3 RELAY;
30B/R 2 1 X-24 X-24
GLOW (4)
B-17 H-14
DIODE
0.85BR
0.5P/G
P-3 P-1
B-17
P-4 P-2
1
0.5G/O
0.85G/Y
1.25L
0.5B
RELAY;
2L
For 12 Volt - 4JH1 Engine For Taiwan
0.5LG A/C SIGNAL

1
0.5W/G
1
3 1 E-5 X-26 2
P-5 X-26
2 1 2 B-15 B-15
FRAME
B-14 B-39 5 3
B-39 X-26 X-26
BLOWER
0.5G/Y
MOTOR
B-14 MAGNETIC 15 16
1 A/C SWITCH B-39 B-15 CLUTCH H-8 H-8
3 2 (COMPRESSOR)
ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
2L/B
0.5G/Y
0.5G/Y
0.5W/G
0.5G/Y
B-13
41 33
B-234 B-234
2L/R 4 ECM
0.5B
B-13 B-42
2B
3 3
2
B-42
1.25L/O 3
B-13 B-42 B-42
6 6 1
0.85L/Y
B-13 B-42
0.5G/Y
4 5 2
2B
0.5L/W
B-13 B-42
1 4 1 OFF
BLOWER RESISTOR FAN SWITCH
HEADLIGHT 5B 3B 2B
B-7 A/C ON
BRACKET (LH)
SIGNAL RESISTOR
0.85B 0.5B 2 1
FRAME-LH (FRONT) B-1 B-339 B-339
2B
N8A0517E
8-335
PRESSURE
FL-1 100A or 120A F-1 15A SWITCH
2L AIR CON, HEATER 5 0.85G/W 2 0.85G/W 1 2 0.85G/O 0.5G/O
30B/R 8B MAIN 8W/B 0.85BR 0.85BR 1 X-10 H-5 J-6 J-6
X-10
P-1
2 4
P-2 X-10 X-10
ECM
8W/B
2
RELAY;
H-6 A/C THERMO
0.5LG/B
4 2
0.85L
4
3L
0.85G/O
B-17 J-23 J-23
5W/B
For 24 Volt - Except 4HK1 Engine
P-3
1
P-4 RELAY;
B-14
DIODE
0.85BR
HEATER & A/C
B-17
DIODE
0.5P/G
5
3W/B
3 9
1 X-12
X-12 H-14 J-23
0.5LG
(4HE1 ENGINE ONLY)
2 4 B-14 3
X-12 X-12
0.5LG
(WITHOUT 4HE1 ENGINE)
BLOWER MOTOR
1 2 3 1
P-5 B-39 B-39 B-15 B-15
FRAME 1
ELECTRONIC
0.5W/R
J-41
THERMOSTAT
0.85G/O
RELAY; CHARGE (5) B-15 VSV

A/C SWITCH B-39 FICD
2
3 1 J-41
0.85L/B
E-5 2
0.5G/Y
0.5G/Y
0.5B
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
0.5G/Y
1 3 4
B-13 B-42
0.85L/B 2
B-42
4 6 3
B-13 B-42
0.5L/O
0.5B
2 5
B-13 B-42
0.5L/Y 2
0.85B
3 4
B-13 B-42
0.5L/W 1 OFF
BLOWER RESISTOR
3B 2B 1
0.85B
B-1
5B
FRAME-LH (FRONT)
FAN SWITCH
J-9
2B
FRAME-LH (CENTER)
N8A0515E
PRESSURE
FL-1 100A or 120A F-1 15A SWITCH
2L AIR CON, HEATER 5 0.85G/W 2 0.85G/W 1 2 0.85G/O 0.5G/O 34
30B/R 8B MAIN 8W/B 0.85BR 0.85BR 1 X-10 H-5 J-6 J-6 J-191 ECM
X-10
P-1
2 4 4 3
For 24 Volt - 4HK1 Engine
P-2 X-10 X-10 J-6 J-6
5W/B
2
RELAY;
H-6 A/C THERMO
0.5LG/B
0.85L
4
3L
0.85G/O
B-17 RELAY;
0.5G/Y
5W/B
P-3 CONDENSER CONDENSER
1
P-4 RELAY; FAN FAN
B-14
DIODE
0.85BR
HEATER & A/C 2 1 0.85L 2 3
B-17 X-27 X-27
0.5P/G
5
3W/B
3 9
1 X-12
X-12 H-105
0.85B
B-14 0.5LG
2 4 0.5B 5 1
X-12 X-12 X-27 X-27
2
BLOWER MOTOR
0.5LG
1 2 3 1
P-5 B-39 B-39 B-15 B-15
FRAME
ELECTRONIC
0.5W/R
THERMOSTAT
0.85L/Y
0.75G/O
F-26 15A
RELAY; CHARGE (5) B-15
A/C SWITCH B-39 COND. FAN
2 RELAY; 2B/L
3 1
GLOW (3)
0.85L/B
E-5
0.5G/Y
0.5G/Y
0.5B
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
0.5G/Y
1 3 4
B-13 B-42
0.85L/B 2
B-42
2B
4 6 3
B-13 B-42
0.5L/O
2 5
B-13 B-42
0.5L/Y 2
0.85B
3 4
B-13 B-42
0.5L/W 1 OFF
BLOWER RESISTOR
3B 2B 1
0.85B
5B
FAN SWITCH
2B
N8A0519E
8-337
For 12 Volt
No. Connector Face

B-15
1 2 3
B-1 003-009
000-001
1
X-12 2 3 4
B-7 005-001
000-012
1
X-10 2 3 4
005-001
B-13 1 2
3 4
004-010
X-24
B-13
(For 005-006
1 2 3
Tai- 4 5 6
wan)
006-010
X-26
005-006
B-14 1
2
002-009
B-39 1
2 3
B-17 1 2 3 4
003-019
004-004
B-42 1 2 3
4 5 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
006-001
B-234 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
121-001
E-5
1
B-339 1 2
001-013
3 4
004-010
E-5 1 P-3
001-014 000-006
J-6 1 2 P-5
3 4
004-011 000-007
1 2 3 4
J-9 H-14 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
000-001 016-001
4 3 2 1
J-57 H-14 8 7 6 5
1 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
001-009 016-002
H-5
J-58
1
001-009
P-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
000-003
P-2
000-004
N8A5488E
P-4
000-004
H-6 No. Connector Face
J-23 1 2 3 4
1 2 H-6 2 1 004-004
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
J-191
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
B-15
N8A5489E
1 2 3
For 24 Volt 003-009
No. Connector Face
X-12 2 3 4
5
B-1
005-001
000-001
X-10 2 3 4
5
B-7
005-001
000-012
X-27
B-13 1 2
3 4 005-006
004-010
B-39 1
2 3
B-14 1
2 003-019
002-009
B-42 1 2 3
4 5 6
B-17 1 2 3 4
006-001
004-004
E-5 J-41 1 2
1
001-013 002-015
E-5 1 P-1
001-014 000-004
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
P-4
15 16
016-003 000-004
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-14 14 13 12 11 10 P-2
16 15
016-004 000-006
1 2 3 4
H-105 5 6 7 8 P-3
9 10 11 12
012-001 000-006
4 3 2 1
H-105 8 7 6 5 P-5
12 11 10 9
012-002 000-002
J-6 1 2 J-23
1
3 4
004-011 001-009
J-9
000-001
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
H-6
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Fuel Heater and Rear Heater

General Description
The circuit consists of fuel heater, rear heater, rear heat-
er switch and the exhaust brake relay.
The fuel heater circuit is always in “ON” position when
the generator is charging and its temperature is auto-
matically controlled by the circuit breaker built in the fuel
heater.
X-13 HEATER RELAY (12V, 4JH1) X-8 EXHAUST BRAKE RELAY
RELAY BOX ASM (No.1) (4JB1 / 4HF1 / 4HG1 4HE1 ENGINE) Parts Location
F-2, F-3
N8A0369E
8-343
Circuit Diagram
Except 4JH1 Engine
RELAY; EXHAUST F-2 15A

FL-1 100A
BRAKE
MAIN EXH. BRAKE,
8W 5W 2 8W/B 3W/B 1 FUEL HEATER
H-6 X-8 5 3B/R 6
X-8 H-5
0.5B/R
8B
0.85W/R 0.5W/R 2 4
X-8 X-8
2L
0.5B/R
RELAY; CHARGE(5)
F-3 15A
REAR HEATER
0.5B/R
30B/R
P-1 6 1
H-3 J-52
P-2
FUEL HEATER
0.5B/R
P-5 0.5B
FRAME
J-52
1
2
H-25
0.85B/R
3
N-8
REAR HEATER
0.5B
N-8 N-8
2 1
0.85L/W
0.85L/R
H-25 H-25
2 3
0.85L/W
0.85L/R
2B
H-3 H-3
2 5
0.5L/W
0.5L/R
1 4
B-59 B-59
2B
LO HI
OFF
B-59
REAR HEATER
2
SW
3B 0.5B
3B
B-1
5B
FRAME-LH(FRONT)
N8A0370E
4JH1 Engine
FL-1 100A RELAY; HEATER F-2 15A

MAIN
8W 5W 8W/B 3W/B 1
2B/R FUEL HEATER
2
H-6 X-13 5 6
X-13 H-5
0.5B/R
8B
0.85W/R 0.5W/R 2 4
X-13 X-13
2L
RELAY; CHARGE(5) F-3 15A
0.5B/R
REAR HEATER
30B/R
0.5B/R
P-3 P-1 6 1
P-4 P-2 H-3 J-52
0.5B/R
0.3B
FUEL HEATER
P-5
1
FRAME
H-25 J-52
2
0.85B/R
3
N-8
REAR HEATER
0.5B
N-8 N-8
2 1
0.85L/W
0.85L/R
H-25 H-25
2 3
0.85L/W
0.85L/R
2B
H-3 H-3
2 5
0.5L/W
0.5L/R
1 4
B-59 B-59
2B
LO HI
OFF
B-59
REAR HEATER
2
SW
3B 0.5B
3B
B-1
5B
FRAME-LH(FRONT)
N8A0396E
No. Connector Face
J-52 2 1
X-8
002-034
005-006
N-8 1 2 3
X-13
003-022
005-006
N-8 3 2 1
B-59
1 2
003-023
3 4
004-015
P-1
(12 V)
1 2 3
H-3 4 5 6
000-003
006-014
P-2
H-3 3 2 1
6 5 4 000-004
006-015
P-1
(24 V)
H-25 1
2 3 000-004
003-020
P-4
H-25 1
3 2 000-004
003-021
P-2
(24 V)
J-52 1 2
000-006
002-033
P-3
000-006 1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
P-5 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
(12 V) 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
000-007 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-5
(24 V) N8A5489E
000-002 Fuel Heater
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A0371E
N8A5488E
Characteristic of fuel heater
N8A5439E
N8A5440E
4WD Transfer (Vacuum Control)
Rear Heater Switch
General Description
Inspection
The circuit consists of the starter switch, 4WD switch,
Check the continuity between the connector terminals 4WD detect switch, 4L switch, vacuum switching valve,
while operating the switch. 4WD indicator light, neutral switch and the relay.
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is When the 4WD switch is turned on to drive in the 4WD
found abnormal. mode, the vacuum switching valve for the transfer con-
trol is activated through the 4WD relay, and the transfer
shift rod connected to the vacuum actuator is shifted to
the 4WD side to turn on the 4WD detect switch. At the
same time, the indicator light in the meter lights on to tell
that the mode is transferred to 4WD mode.
However, when running in the normal mode (2WD), the
4WD switch is not operated. Accordingly, no current
flows through the 4WD vacuum switching valve for the
transfer control, with the 4WD detect switch left in the
“OFF” condition (2WD mode).
N8A5438E
Rear Heater Motor

Inspection
Disconnect the rear heater connector.
Connect the battery positive terminal to the NO.3 termi-
nal of the rear heater motor side connector and negative
to the NO.2. Check to see if rear heater motor operates
low-speed correctly.
Connect the battery positive terminal to the NO.3 termi-
nal of the rear heater motor side connector and negative
to the NO.1. Check to see if rear heater motor operates
high-speed correctly.
Replace the rear heater motor when the result of inspec-
Parts Location
STARTER SW
FUSE BOX ASM
F-16 J-42 J-43, J-44 4WD DETECT SW
H-5~H-8
B-51 RELAY BOX ASM

X-24 4WD RELAY
B-67 B-7 FL-1,FL-2 FUSIBLE LINK
STARTER J-9
B-93 4WD SW
N8A0398E
8-349
Circuit Diagram
FL-1 100A
2L MAIN
FUSE BLOCK STARTER SWITCH
OFF
FL-2 40A
ACC
KEY SW
1 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON 3
3W/B 3W/L B-67
ST
3B/Y
P-1
P-2
F-16 10A
METER
P-3
P-4
RELAY; TAIL (5) 0.5B/Y
0.5LG/R
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
P-5
4WD INDICATOR LIGHT

FRAME
8
B-51
5 8
22
B-93 B-93
H-5
(METER)
4WD SWITCH
2WD
4WD
B-51
9
B-93 B-93 B-93
0.3GR/G
6 7 3
0.5GR/B
0.5GR/R
0.5B/Y
10
H-8
9 15
H-8 H-8
0.5GR/G
0.5GR/B
0.5GR/R
1 2 4 5
RELAY; 4WD
VSV:1 TRANSFER
VSV:2 TRANSFER
CONTROL (2WD)
CONTROL (4WD)
J-42 J-42 X-24 X-24
J-42 J-42 X-24 X-24

3 4 2 3
0.3B
0.85B/R
0.5B/R
4WD DETECTIVE SWITCH
0.85B
1
J-43
0.5B
4WD=OFF )
(2WD=ON
J-44
1
0.85B
3B 3B
2B 2B 2B
N8A0427E
No. Connector Face
J-43 1
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
001-003
014-001
J-44 1
B-67 1 2
3 4 001-002
004-001
J-44 1
B-67 2 1
4 3 001-003
004-002
P-1
B-93 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 000-004
008-005
P-4
X-24
000-004
005-006
P-2
J-42 1 2
000-006
3 4
004-012
P-3
2 1
J-42
4 3 000-006
004-013
P-5
J-43 1
000-002
001-002
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5444E
N8A5488E
Vacuum Switching Valve: Transfer Control (for
H-7 2WD)
Inspection
Connect the vacuum switching valve connector terminal
No. 1 to the battery (+) terminal and terminal No. 3 to the
(−) terminal and then check the continuity among each
port.
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
Starter Switch
Neutral Switch
4WD Indicator Light

Refer to “METER AND WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHT”
in this section.
4WD Switch
Inspection
Check the continuity between the connector terminals
N8A5445E
while operating the switch.
Replace the switch when the result of inspection is
found abnormal.
Vacuum Switching Valve: Transfer Control (for 4WD Detective Switch
4WD) Inspection of the 4WD Warning Light Circuit
Inspection 1. Disconnect the 4WD switch connectors.
Connect the vacuum switching valve connector terminal 2. Connect the harness side connector terminals.
No. 2 to the battery (+) terminal and terminal No. 4 to the 3. Check to see if the indicator light comes on with the
(−) terminal and then check the continuity among each starter switch “ON”.
port. Check the bulb or harness when the result of in-
spection is found abnormal.
N8A5447E
Inspection
1. Shift the transfer lever to the 4H (4L) position.
2. Check to see if there is continuity between the
4WD switch connectors.
Replace the switch when the result of the inspec-
N8A5446E
N8A5448E
X-5 ABS INDICATOR RELAY X-25 EXHAUST BRAKE CONTROL RELAY
X-8 EXHAUST BRAKE RELAY (24V) X-28 EXHAUST BRAKE CUT RELAY
J-23 DIODE
B-51 FL-1,FL-2,FL-9 FUSIBLE LINK
ABS ARNING LIGHT
Parts Location
(METER) J-149 R/LH

RELAY BOX ASM (No.1) J-31 EXH. BRAKE SENSOR (24V)
MAGNETIC VALVE
FUSE BOX ASM J-148 R/RH
STARTER SW SENSOR (24V) J-78 R/RH,R/LH R-6
F-2,F-5,F-16 SENSOR (12V) STOPLIGHT (RH)
H-13
J-177
ABS EHCU
R-1
B-233,B-234 ECM STOPLIGHT (LH)
(24V)
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System, Without ASR)
B-66 STOPLIGHT SW (12V)

(BRAKE SW)
H-17
H-14 H-16
H-5~H-8 H-15
J-74 F/RH SENSOR P-1~P-4

BATTERY
P-5
J-9 EARTH ; FRAME
B-89 CLUTCH SW
B-79 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
B-69 B-1 EARTH ; B-75 J-75 F/LH SENSOR

EXH. BRAKE SW FRAME (FR) ACCEL SW
B-52 EXH. BRAKE

B-67 IGNITION SW "A" B-7 EARTH ; IND. LAMP (METER)
HEADLIGHT B/T
N8A0537E
Circuit Diagram
For 12 Volt (4JH1 Engine)
F-5
STOP LIGHT SW ; STOP LIGHT
3W/B 10A 0.5G/Y 1 4 0.5G
FL-9
B-66 B-66 A
ABS
60A 3R
B
FL-1
MAIN
8B 100A 8W/B 2 8W/B 3W/B
H-6
FL-2
P-3 P-1
KEY SW
BATTERY
50A
P-4 P-2
3W/L
P-5
1
KEY SW
H-7
OFF
ACC
3W/L 2 B
B-67 F-16
ON 3 3B/Y
B-67 METER
ST 10A
METER
0.5B/Y
ABS
0.5B/Y 8 7
B-51 B-51
22
C
H-5
0.5B/Y
D
0.3W/V
0.5W
4 5
X-5 X-5
RELAY ;
ABS IND.
X-5 X-5
0.5B/Y 1 3
3B 2B 0.5B
0.85B
FRAME LH (FRONT) B-1 E
3B
FRAME-LH (CENTER) J-9 F
3B
G
2B
H
N8A5590E
ECM
0.5G
(30) B-234
0.5G 11 0.5G 2 0.5G 0.5G 2 0.5G
A H-5 H-14 H-16
2 2
R-1 R-6
3R
B
STOP STOP
LIGHT LIGHT
(LH) (RH)
R-1 R-6
0.5G
6 6
1.25B 7
H-16
1.25B
EHCU ; ABS
16 H-14
J-177 STOP LAMP 22 0.5L 2
RL 12V J-177 J-78 SPEED 7
15 3R 24 SENSOR
H-14 J-177 MOTOR +B 34 0.5Y 1 (RR,LH)
RL SIG J-177 J-78
16 3R 2
H-14 J-177 VALVE +B
32 0.5V 1 0.5V 1
7 3B 23 FL SIG J-177 H-15 J-75 SPEED
H-15 J-177 MOTOR GND SENSOR
33 0.5R/B 2 0.5R/B 2 (FRT,LH)
8 3B 1 FL GRD J-177 H-15 J-75
H-15 J-177 VALVE GND
ECM 0.5LG/W 40 0.5LG/W 10 0.5LG 8 EXH.B/CUT

H-5 H-14 J-177
B-234 (32) OUT
10 0.5P 5 0.5P 1
ECM FR SIG J-177 H-15 J-74
0.5LG/B 36 0.5LG/B 11 0.5LG/B 7 EXH.B/CUT SPEED
H-5 H-14 J-177
B-234 (62) IN SENSOR
11 0.5L 6 0.5L 2 (FRT,RH)
FR GRD J-177 H-15 J-74
0.3W/V 35 0.3W/V 12 0.3W/V 6

C H-5 H-14 J-177 IND.
0.5B/Y 9 0.5B/Y 3 21 0.5R 4

D H-14 J-177 IG RR 12V J-177 J-78
SPEED
SENSOR
15 12 0.5W 3 (RR,RH)
J-177 MODE1 RR SIG J-177 J-78
14 29 0.3W/B 4 0.3W/B 26
J-177 MODE2 J1850 J-177 H-15 H-5
17 4 0.3W/G 3 0.3W/G 27
J-177 MODE3 FRASH J-177 H-15 H-5
0.3W/G
DATA LINK
B-79
CONNECTOR
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
0.5B/W
0.5B/G
0.5B/R
0.5B/Y
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
0.3W/B
4
35 0.5Y
H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
B-234
ECM
45 0.5L
B-234
VEHICLE TYPE CONNECTOR
1.25B
H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
0.5B
0.5B
NKR77-3 (FLAT LOW)

H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
EXCEPT NKR77-3
(EXCEPT FLAT LOW)
0.85B
E
3B
F
3B
G
2B
H
N8A5591E
For 24 Volt
F-5
STOP LIGHT SW ; STOP LIGHT
3W/B 10A 0.5G/Y 1 2 0.5G
FL-9
B-66 B-66 A
ABS
40A 3R
B
RELAY ;
FL-1
EXH.BRAKE F-2
MAIN
EXH.BRAKE
100A
or 1 3B/R 10A 0.5LG/W
X-8 0.5LG
8B 120A 8W/B 2 5W/B 3W/B 2 C
H-6 X-8
H-8
RELAY; 0.5W/R 3 5 8
X-8 X-8
0.5LG/W
CHARGE
FL-2 4 2 5
P-1
KEY SW X-28 X-28 X-28
0.5B
BATTERY
P-2 40A
RELAY ;
EXH. B/CUT
(ABS)
0.5B
3W/L
X-28 X-28
P-3
1 3
BATTERY
P-4 1
0.5B
H-7 KEY SW
0.5LG/B
OFF
P-5
ACC
3W/L 2 B 0.5B/Y
B-67 3B/Y
ON 3 F-16
B-67
ST METER 0.5LG/B
10A
D
ABS
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y 8 7
B-51 B-51
22 10 E
H-5 H-8 METER
0.5B/Y
0.5B/Y
0.3W/V
0.5LG/B
0.5W
0.5B/Y
H-14 4 5
0.5B
5
0.5P
X-5 X-5
5
2
B-69
E-11 RELAY ;
ABS IND.
SW ; NEUTRAL
SW ; EXH.BRAKE
(Neutral=ON) X-5 X-5
1 3
0.5B
E-11
IND. LAMP ; 0.5B
B-69
1 EXH. BRAKE
0.5B
2 G
0.5LG/R 0.5LG/R 1 10
B-51 B-52
H-14 H-5
0.5LG/R
10 38
0.5B/G
3 1
A/C 0.5G/O
X-25 X-25 COMPRESSOR H
RELAY ;
0.85B
EXH. BRAKE
CONTROL
X-25 X-25
5 4
0.5LG/B
0.5LG/R
0.5B
17
H-8 SW ; CLUTCH
0.5LG/B 1 2 0.5LG/R
B-89 B-89
0.5B 0.5B
2B
3B
0.5B
0.85B
1.25B
I
3B
J
3B
K
2B
FRAME-LH (CENTER) J-9 L
2B 2B 2B
M
N8A5592E
0.5G 11 2 0.5G 2 0.5G

A H-5 H-14 H-16
2 2
R-1 R-6
3R
B
STOP STOP
LIGHT LIGHT
(LH) (RH)
0.5G
0.5LG 10 R-1 R-6
C H-14
6 6
EHCU ; ABS
1.25B 7
16 H-16
J-177 STOP LAMP 22 0.5L 1
RL 12V J-177 J-149
SPEED
1.25B
3R 15 24 SENSOR
H-14 J-177 MOTOR +B 34 0.5Y 2 (RR,LH)
RL SIG J-177 J-149
3R 16 2 H-14
H-14 J-177 VALVE +B
7
32 0.5V 1 0.5V 1
7 23 FL SIG J-177 H-15 J-75 SPEED
H-15 J-177 MOTOR GND
SENSOR
33 0.5R/B 2 0.5R/B 2 (FRT,LH)
8 1 FL GRD J-177 H-15 J-75
H-15 J-177 VALVE GND
0.5LG 8 EXH.B/CUT
J-177
OUT
10 0.5P 5 0.5P 1
FR SIG J-177 H-15 J-74
0.5LG/B 11 0.5LG/B 7 SPEED
EXH.B/CUT
D H-14 J-177
IN
SENSOR
11 0.5L 6 0.5L 2 (FRT,RH)
FR GRD J-177 H-15 J-74
3B
0.3W/V 6 12 0.3W/V 6
E H-5 H-14 J-177 IND.
0.5B/Y 9 3 21 0.5R 1
F H-14 J-177 IG RR 12V J-177 J-148 SPEED
SENSOR
0.5B/G(NQR) 15 12 0.5W 2 (RR,RH)
J-177 MODE1 RR SIG J-177 J-148
0.5B/R(NQR) 14 29 0.3W/B 4 0.3W/B 24

J-177 MODE2 J1850 J-177 H-15 H-5
4 3 1 2 0.5B/W(NQR) 17 4 0.3W/G 3 0.3W/G 30

J-177 MODE3 FRASH J-177 H-15 H-5
NQR
H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
0.3W/G
VEHICLE TYPE CONNECTOR
H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
FOR TURKEY / GCC

(4-WHEEL DRUM BRAKE MODEL)
H-17
H-17
H-17
H-17
FOR OTHER COUNTRIES ECM DATA LINK

B-79
CONNECTOR
21 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
B-233 QWS
SW ; ACCEL 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
0.5LG/W 2 1 0.5LG 0.5LG 14 14 0.3Y
G B-75 B-75 B-233 EXH.BRAKE CHECKER B-234
0.5L/W 15 29 0.3L 0.3W/B

DIODE ; FICD B-234 FICD DIAG B-234
1 3 0.5L/W 37
H J-23 J-23 H-5 32
J-23 H-5
2
0.5L/G
0.5LG
2 6
H-13 H-13
0.5LG
0.5L/G
0.5B
0.5B
4 1 1
J-41 J-40 J-31
1.25B
VSV ;
FICD
J-41 J-40 VSV ; INT. J-31 MAG.VALVE ;

2 2 THROTTLE 2 EXH.BRAKE
0.5B
0.5B
12
0.5B
H-13
0.5B
1.25B 1.25B
I
3B
J
3B
K
0.5B
L
2B
M
N8A5593E
No. Connector Face
B-66 1 2
3 4
B-1
004-010
000-001
B-67 1 2
3 4
B-7
004-001
000-012
B-67 2 1
4 3
X-5
004-002
005-006
B-69 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
X-8
008-001
005-006
B-69 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
X-25
008-002
005-006
B-75
1 2
X-28
002-022
005-006
B-75
2 1
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
002-023
014-001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-79
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B-52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
016-005
012-005
4 3 2 1
B-89 1 H-13 8 7 6 5
2 12 11 10 9
002-009 012-002
1 H-14 1 2 3 4
B-89 5 6 7 8
2 (12 V) 9 10 11 12
13 14
002-010 014-004
B-233 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 H-14 4
8
3
7
2
6
1
5
(24 V) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
(12 V) 12 11 10 9
14 13
022-002 014-005
B-234 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 H-14 5
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
(24 V) 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
(24 V) 10 11 12 13 14
15 16
030-002 016-003
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 4 3 2 1
B-234 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
H-14 9 8 7 6 5
3 14 13 12 11 10
(12 V) 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1 (24 V)
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
16 15
121-001 016-004
H-15 1 2 3
E-11 4 5 6
1 2 (12 V)
7 8
002-001 008-023
H-15 3 2 1
E-11 6 5 4
2 1
(12 V) 8 7
002-002 008-024
1 2 3 4 H-15 1 2 3 4
H-13 5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 9
9 10 11 12 (24 V) 10 11 12 13 14
15 16
012-001 016-003
4 3 2 1
H-15 9 8 7 6 5
14 13 12 11 10 J-40
(24 V) 1 2
16 15
016-004 002-015
H-16 1 2 3 4 J-41 1 2
5 6 7 8
008-003 002-015
H-16 4 3 2 1
J-74 1 2
8 7 6 5
008-004 002-011
H-17 1 2 J-74 2 1
3 4
004-011 002-012
J-9 J-75 1 2
000-001 002-011
J-23 1 2 3 4 J-75 2 1
004-009 002-012
J-31 1 2
J-148 1 2
002-011 002-011
J-31 2 1
J-148 2 1
002-012 002-012
J-149
P-4
(24 V) 1 2
002-011 000-004
J-149 P-2
(24 V) 2 1 (24 V)
002-012 000-006
J-78 1 2 P-3
(12 V) 3 4
004-011 000-006
J-78 P-5
(12 V) (12 V)
004-018 000-007
P-5
J-177
(24 V)
034-001 000-002
P-1
R-1 1 2 3
(12 V) 4 5 6
000-003 006-004
P-2 R-1 3 2 1
6 5 4
000-004 006-005
P-1
R-6 1 2 3
(24 V) 4 5 6
000-004 006-004
No. Connector Face ABS/ASR System

General Description
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ASR (Anti-Slip Reg-
R-6 3 2 1 ulator) are the system to prevent the wheels from lock-
6 5 4 ing and wheel spin, and to assure stability and steering
ability of the vehicle.
006-005 When a malfunction occurs in the system, fail-safe de-
activate the ABS and ASR, and the warning lamp comes
H-5 on. Also, the self-diagnosis function is equipped to im-
prove serviceability.
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E
B-125 ASR OFF SW FL-1, FL-2, FL-9 FUSIBLE LINK
Parts Location
STARTER SW
FUSE BOX ASM
F-5, F-7, F-16, F-21 J-149 R/LH
B-387 RESISTOR 2
J-148 R/RH SENSOR
SENSOR
P-5
B-431 RESISTOR 1
H-4, H-5
H-6, H-7, H-8
H-14, H-15
J-177 ABS EHCU
P1~P4
J-74 F/RH SENSOR BATTERY
J-191 ECM
B-66 STOPLIGHT SW J-9 EARTH ; FRAME

(BRAKE SW)
B-79 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
B-1 EARTH ; FRAME (FR)
B-7 EARTH ; HEADLIGHT B/T J-75 F/LH SENSOR
B-51 ABS WARNING LIGHT (METER)

B-67 IGNITION SW "A"
ASR WARNING LIGHT (METER)
N5A2075E
Circuit Diagram
8B 3W/L
ACG(B)
100A/120A 8W/B
2 TAIL
3B/Y LIGHT
5W/B ABS (IG)
5W/B
0.5B/Y
0.3W/V
0.3W/L
0.5G
3R 3R
4 3
0.3W/G
0.3W/B
3B
3B
16 15 11 6
H-15 H-15 H-15 H-15
0.3W/G
0.3W/B
3B
3B
12 13
H-8 H-8 0.5L
0.3W/G
0.3W/B
0.5L/W
0.5L/W
0.5SB 0.5L/W
0.5L
0.5L
7 12 2
B-79 B-79 B-79 8 7 6 5
DATA LINK CONNECTOR H-8 H-8 H-8 H-8
0.5L/W
0.5L/W
B-79 B-79 B-79

0.5L
0.5L
1 5 4
0.5Y
0.5B
0.5B
1 2 1 2
H-4 H-4
B-431 B-431 B-387 B-387
9 20
0.5SB 0.5Y
1.25B
37 18 38 52
3B
3B
J-191 J-191 J-191 J-191

CAN CAN CC- IS-
L H KW2000 DIAG RESISTOR 1 RESISTOR 2
ECM
J-9 B-1 B-7
FRAME-LH (CENTER) FRAME-LH (FRONT) HEADLIGHT BRACKET (LH)
N5A2073E
Connector List
No. Connector Face
No. Connector Face
B-387
B-1
002-038
000-001
B-387
B-7
002-039
000-012
B-431
B-51
002-038
020-004
B-431
B-66
1 2
002-039
002-031
H-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B-67 2 1
10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20
4 3
020-002
004-002
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H-4
B-67 1 2 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
3 4
020-003
004-001
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 H-14 14 13 12 11 10
B-79
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 15
016-004
016-005
1 2 3 4
H-14 5 6 7 8 9
B-125 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 13 14
5 6 7 8 15 16
016-003
008-001
1 2 3 4
H-15 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
J-148 1 2
15 16
016-003 002-011
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-15 14 13 12 11 10 J-149 2 1
16 15
016-004 002-012
J-9 J-149 1 2
000-001 002-011
J-74 2 1 J-177
002-012 034-001
J-74 1 2 J-177
002-011 034-002
J-75 2 1 J-191
002-012
J-75 1 2 P-1
002-011 000-004
J-148 2 1 P-2
002-012 000-006
P-3
000-006
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
P-4 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
000-004 H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
P-5
N8A5489E
000-002 Transmission Control System (Smoother)

General Description
“Smoother” is the name of a new-generation drive train
X-4 that provides benefits in terms of both life cycle costs
(low initial cost and maintenance cost, lower fuel con-
sumption, etc.) and easy driving. Smoother is a system
005-006
that adds an automatic transmission to the existing
Smoother, for even better fuel consumption and easier
H-5 driving. This is accomplished by installing a solenoid
system shift control box on the Smoother, which com-
bines a manual transmission with fluid coupling, so all
shifting is performed automatically in accordance with
signals from the transmission control module (TCM).
When starting moving the vehicle, depressing the brake
pedal and operating the change lever as on an automat-
ic vehicle causes a change lever position signal to be
detected by the TCM. This actuates the shift control box
solenoid and shifts the gear into the starting position or
the reverse position, and then engages the shift change
clutch (wet multi-disc clutch). (After the shift clutch en-
gages, creep force is generated the same as on an AT
vehicle.) Releasing the foot from the brake pedal and
pressing the accelerator pedal starts the vehicle moving
forward. If there is an up-shift or down-shift while run-
ning, the control unit determines the vehicle status
based on vehicle speed, accelerator opening angle, and
other factors, and shifts to the optimal gear automatical-
N5A2011E
ly. If the driver moves the change lever in the “+” or “-”
direction, a gear change is indicated, so sequential man-
ual shifting is also possible. (Even during sequential
manual shifting, the transmission shifts to the starting
position when the vehicle is stopped.)
Parts Location
N-7 DOOR SW (RH)

L-2 DOME LIGHT F-28 FUSE
X-5 SMOOTHER MAIN RELAY
X-32 DIODE N-19 SELECT SW SBF1, SBF2, SBF5, SBF7, SBF8 FUSIBLE LINK
X-18 ECM MAIN RELAY
N-17 EMERGENCY SW X-19 GEAR SHIFTER RELAY
N-18 EMERGENCY SHIFT SW X-21 STARTER RELAY
B-417 PTO SWITCH X-26 STARTER CUT RELAY
RELAY BOX ASM (No. 1)
B-425, B-426,
B-427, B-428
RELAY BOX ASM (No. 2)
TCM
H-118
X-14 SMOOTHER N-2
EMERGENCY RELAY DOOR SW (LH) H-119
STARTER
SW
J-177 EHCU
FUSE BOX ASM
F-5,F-13,
F-16, F-17,
F-22
H-15
H-3
P-5
P-1
B-431 P-2
RESISTOR 2
BATTERY
H-4, H-5, H-6, P-4 P-3
H-7, H-8 RELAY BOX ASM
B-66 J-191 ECM

STOPLIGHT SW
J-9
B-1
B-51, B-53 METER B-106 ADJUST SW
H-10
B-67 STARTER SW H-17 B-7 H-12 B-105 RESET SW
B-86
DOME LIGHT SW
J-232
B-79 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
B-387 J-234
RESISTOR 1 SELECT SOLENOID
J-237
SOLENOID & ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
J-50
NEUTRAL SW
J-223
SELECT STROKE SENSOR
H-118
J-142 J-236
SHIFT STROKE SENSOR SHIFT SOLENOID 2, 4, R
J-235
SHIFT SOLENOID 1, 3, 5
J-139
INPUT SPEED SENSOR H-119
N7A2053E
2L
8WHT/BLK 8BLK
B J-26
Circuit Diagram
SBF-1 SBF-6 SBF-4

MAIN SBF-5 CERAMIC SBF-7 SBF-8 SBF-9 SBF-2 SBF-3 HEAD Fuse & Relay Box
Starter ECM NEES STARTER ABS KEY SW GLOW
100A or HEATER 60A 60A 40A 40A 60A LAMP (Behind the Cab)
40A
120A 60A 40A
8 3
P-1
WHT/ WHT/
BLK BLU
P-2
3 3
WHT/ WHT/
P-3
0.5BLK GRN BLU
USW JOINT3
5 2 B-67
WHT/
P-4 5 3 X-18
BLK
Battery
0.5 OFF
1 H-6 Main Fuse & Relay Box ST Ignition
BLK Relay ON ACC Switch
P-5 (Behind the Cab)
4 2 X-18
5
WHT/ 4 3 B-67
BLK
J-9
Frame 2
RED
0.5BLU/BLK 3BLK/YEL
W/S-I/-J ECM W/S-H ON Relay
ECM
W/S-H
3 3BLK/YEL
WHT/ 1.25
BLK RED 3
BLK/
YEL
F-13 F-4 F-5 F-6 Fuse & F-28 Fuse & F-22 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-21 F-9 Fuse &
NEES (B) AUDIO(B) STOP POWER Relay Box ECM Relay Box STARTER METER NEES (IG) SRS ABS (IG) ENG. (IG) Relay Box
10A DOOR LOCK LIGHT WINDOW (Glove Box) 10A (Cab Side) 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A (Glove Box)
15A 10A 10A
N7A2131E
2L
30 BLK/RED 8 BLK 8 BLK
8 BLK
SBF-8 SBF-2 Fuse &

STARTER KEY Relay Box
3 BLK/YEL B-67 3
WHT/
ECM BLU
4
Main Relay
1 H-7
OFF
ST Ignition
F-22 F-28 F-16 Fuse &
ON ACC Switch
STARTER ECM METER Relay Box 3
10A 10A 10A (Glove Box) WHT/
BLU
3 0.3
WHT/ BLK/WHT 0.5
2 B-67
P-1 BLK BLK/
0.85 YEL
14 H-8 LT GRN W/S-M
0.5
RED/WHT
P-2
0.5
2 BLK/
P-3 J/C-2 YEL
0.5
RED/WHT 3
14 H-12
3 4 X-21 0.5
0.5
P-4 LT GRN BLK/
0.3BLU/RED YEL
Battery Starter Fuse & 1 N-17
Relay Relay Box
(Behind the Cab) 3 1 X-14
P-5
Emergency
Smoother Switch
2 5 X-21
Emergency Relay Box
Relay (Instrument Panel)
3 0.5
0.5 RED/
BLK/ 5 N-17
RED WHT
WHT
1 J-26
5 2 X-14 4 H-12
B 4 3 X-26 0.3
0.3 0.3
BLU/
BLK BLK
RED
Fuse & W/S-E

Starter Cut
Relay Relay Box 38 H-5
(Behind the Cab) 0.3 14
Starter BLK
0.5 0.3 0.5 0.5
WHT/ BLU/ WHT/ WHT/
1 5 X-26 B-7 BLU RED BLU BLU
Headlight 4 B-428 16 B-425 14 46 J-191
0.5 Bracket
BLK
C Emergency Start
USW
JOINT 3 switch switch
Starter
signal Start cut signal
2 cut
1 J-27 relay
BLK relay
TCM control ECM
control
J-9
Frame
N7A2144E
8-371
F-13 F-17
NEES(B) NEES(IG) Fuse & Relay Box
10A 10A (Glove Box)
1.25
GRN/
WHT
0.5
BLK/
0.5 1.25 ORN
GRN/ GRN/
WHT WHT
3 2 X-5
Smoother Relay Box

Main Relay (Instrument Panel)
5 1 X-5
0.5 1.25 0.5 0.5

WHT/ WHT/ BLK/ BLK/
VIO ORN ORN ORN
B-425 1 2 B-426
15 3
Main
relay
control TCM
Battery voltage Ignition voltage
N7A2132E
Power ground Power ground Signal ground Signal ground TCM
Diagnostic
request
Keyword 2000 switch
9 B-426 18 B-428 8 17 12 4 B-426
0.3 0.3
1.25 1.25 0.5 0.5
LT BLU BLK/
BLK BLK BLK BLK
WHT
18
0.5LT BLU 21
ECM J/C-B
22
EHCU (ABS Module)
W/S-D
EHCU (ABS Module)

2
ECM BLK
0.5
SRS C/U LT BLU
0.5 0.5 0.3 0.3 W/S-C

GRY YEL WHT/ WHT/
GRN BLK 0.5 0.5
BLK BLK
13 1 12 2 7 11 4 5 B-79 1.25
BLK
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Class 2 Serial Keyword serial Diagnostic Ground Ground
request request request Communication communication request
(SRS) (ECM) (EHCU)
DLC
B-1
Frame
N7A2133E
8-373
5V reference
+B +B
Gearshift clutch Lock up clutch TCM

solenoid valve solenoid valve
control control TFT
sensor
signal
30 29 B-425 6 B-427
0.5 0.5 0.5
YEL/ RED/ YEL/
BLK YEL RED
3(LHD) 1(LHD) H-17 5 H-4

5(RHD) 0.5 3(RHD) 0.5 0.5
YEL/ RED/ YEL/
BLK YEL RED
7 3 6 H-118
0.5 0.5 0.5
YEL/ RED/ YEL/
BLK YEL RED
3 1 2 J-237
Gearshift clutch Lock up clutch Transmission

solenoid valve solenoid valve fluid Oil Pump ASM
temperature
sensor
4 J-237
0.5
BLU/
WHT
14 H-119
0.5
BLU/
WHT
6 H-4
0.5
BLU/
WHT
12 B-427
TCM
Low reference
N7A2134E
5V reference 5V reference TCM

Input shaft Turbine Gear select Gear select
speed sensor Low reference speed sensor Low reference position sensor position sensor
5 11 4 10 B-427 18 19 10 11 B-426
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 WHT/ ORN/
YEL BRN 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BLU BLU RED WHT YEL/ YEL/
BLK WHT
9 10 H-8 32 33 H-5
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
RED WHT YEL/ YEL/
BLK WHT
2 3 H-119 7 11 H-119
20 26 H-5 23 29 H-5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 RED WHT YEL/ YEL/
0.5 0.5
WHT/ ORN/ BLK WHT
YEL BRN
BLU BLU
1 2 J-142 1 2 J-223
Gear Shift Gear Select

Position Position
Sensor Sensor
3 J-142 3 J-223
2 5 H-118 12 8 H-119
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
WHT/ ORN/ YEL/
YEL BRN BLK
BLU BLU RED
6 15 H-119
0.5
0.5
YEL/
BLK
RED
11 H-8 27 H-5
0.5
2 1 J-139 2 1 J-232 0.5
YEL/
BLK
RED
20 13 B-426
Input
Turbine
Shaft TCM
Speed
Speed
Sensor Low reference Low reference
Sensor
N7A2135E
8-375
Ignition Ignition
voltage voltage
F-28 F-17 F-18 F-16 F-5 Fuse & Relay Box
ECM NEES (IG) SRS METER STOP LIGHT
10A 10A 10A (Glove Box)
10A 10A
TCM
Door PTO
switch switch
signal signal
0.5 0.5
LT GRN BLK/
ORN 12 19 B-428
2
Exhaust J/C-2 0.5 0.5
Brake 4 GRN/ GRY/
6
Solenoid Valve YEL RED
0.3
1 BLU/
5 WHT
0.5 0.5 2
0.5 Room Lamp Tail
BLK/ BLK/
LT GRN TCM Light
ORN ORN
J/C-H
3
2 J-50 4 B-105 3 B-106 1 B-66 0.5GRY/RED 4 3 B-417
1
Brake
Neutral Reset Half-clutch PTO

Pedal
Switch Switch Adjustment Switch
Switch
Switch 3 H-3
6 H-12
1 J-50 6 B-105 2 1 B-106 2 B-66 2 1 B-417
1.25 0.5
0.5 GRY/ GRY/ 2 0.5
BLK/ BLK RED BLK BLK
BLU 0.5
GRN
W/S-D W/S-B
0.5B/L 1 N-7 1 N-2
ECM
0.3 0.3 0.3 5 2 2

0.5GRN H-5 BLK BLK
GRY/ GRY/ GRY/ Stop Light
J/C-G Door Switch Door Switch 7
BLU RED BLK 4 11
6 (Left) (Right)
W/S-C J/C-D
37 H-5
1
1.25 3
0.5
BLK BLK
0.5 GRN
BLK/
BLU
B-1 B-7
10 17 9 2 3 B-428 Frame Headlight
Bracket
Neutral Reset Slow Fast Brake

switch switch switch switch pedal
signal signal signal signal switch
TCM
N7A2136E
Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition Ignition
voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage
TCM
Emergency Emergency Emergency 1st gear Economy
shift R shift N shift 1st Lever R Lever N Lever D Lever + Lever - Lever A start mode
switch switch switch switch switch switch switch switch switch switch switch
signal signal signal signal signal signal signal signal signal signal signal
20 6 14 B-428 13 21 14 15 7 8 B-427 1 B-427 13 B-428

B-427 B-428
0.5
0.5
YEL/
BLU
RED
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
0.5YEL/RED
RED WHT GRN RED/ WHT/ ORN BLU/ PNK/ GRN/ IPC
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK
3 13 9 H-12 8 20 2 12 1 11 21 10 H-12
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
RED/ WHT/ BLU/ PNK/ GRN/ YEL/
RED WHT GRN ORN BLU
BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK RED
1 2 3 N-18 2 6 7 10 8 4 3 5 N-19
4 6 N-20
N
Emergency 1st
R 1 Gear ECONO
Shift Switch Selector
Start Mode
Lever
Switch Switch
R N D + - A 1 3 N-20
5 N-18 9 N-19
IPC
0.5 0.5
BLK BLK
0.5BLK 15 0.5BLK
1.25
BLK
B-1
Frame
N7A2137E
8-377
1-3-5 shift 2-4-6-R shift Select SBF-7
solenoid valve solenoid valve solenoid valve TCM Fuse & Relay Box
NEES
control control control (Behind the Cab)
60A
4 5 21 31 B-425 5 6 8 9 B-425 1 8 16 22 B-428 3

B-426 RED
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
BLK/ BLK/ BLK/ BLK/ WHT/ WHT/
PNK PNK PNK PNK PNK PNK 2 3
RED RED BLU BLU BLK BLK
RED RED
1.25 4 3 X-19
1.25 WHT/
1.25 BLK/ BLK
BLK/ BLU
RED Gear Shift
W/S-Q Control Box
Relay
14 H-17 12 H-17 10 H-17 5 2 X-19

1.25
1.25 1.25
BLK/
BLU BLK
RED
8 H-118 4 H-119 16 H-119 0.5
3 3
VIO/
PNK PNK
2 2 2 WHT
GRN BLU BLK

2 J-235 2 J-236 2 J-234
1
1-3-5 2-4-6-R
Select
Shift Shift
Solenoid
Solenoid Solenoid
1 J-235 1 J-236 1 J-234

2 2 2
BLK BLK BLK
1 H-118 1 H-119 13 H-119
1.25BLK 19 H-17
1.25BLK
1.25BLK USW
JOINT2
1.25BLK 2
1.25BLK BLK
1.25BLK USW 0.5
6 H-17 7 H-17 8 H-17 VIO/
JOINT1
2 WHT
1.25 1.25 1.25
BLK BLK BLK BLK
1.25BLK 1.25BLK 1.25BLK
J-9
6 7 1 2 B-425 7 15 B-428 Frame 18 B-425
Gear shift
control box
relay control TCM
Ground Ground Ground
N7A2138E
1-3-5 shift 2-4-6-R shift Select SBF-7
Fuse & Relay Box
solenoid valve solenoid valve solenoid valve TCM NEES
(Behind the Cab)
control control control 60A
3
4 5 21 31 B-425 5 6 8 9 B-425 1 8 16 22 B-428
B-426 RED
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
BLK/ BLK/ BLK/ BLK/ WHT/ WHT/ 2 3
PNK PNK PNK PNK PNK PNK
RED RED BLU BLU BLK BLK RED RED
4 3 X-19
1.25 1.25
8 1.25 1 BLK/ 15 WHT/
BLK/ BLU BLK
USW Gear Shift
RED
1.25PNK JOINT4 Control Box
1.25PNK
1.25PNK Relay
14 H-17 12 H-17 10 H-17 5 2 X-19

1.25
1.25 1.25
BLK/
BLU BLK
RED
8 H-118 4 H-119 16 H-119 0.5
3 3
VIO/
PNK PNK
2 2 2 WHT
GRN BLU BLK
2 J-235 2 J-236 2 J-234
1
1-3-5 2-4-6-R
Select
Shift Shift
Solenoid
Solenoid Solenoid
1 J-235 1 J-236 1 J-234

2 2 2
BLK BLK BLK
1 H-118 1 H-119 13 H-119
1.25BLK 19 H-17
1.25BLK
1.25BLK USW
JOINT2
1.25BLK 2
1.25BLK BLK
1.25BLK 0.5
21 H-17 19 H-17 17 H-17 USW VIO/
JOINT1 WHT
1.25 1.25 1.25 2
BLK BLK BLK BLK
1.25BLK 1.25BLK 1.25BLK
J-9
6 7 1 2 B-425 7 15 B-428 Frame 18 B-425
Gear shift
control box
relay control TCM
Ground Ground Ground
N7A2139E
8-379
F-16
Fuse & Relay Box
METER
(Glove Box)
10A
0.5
BLK/
YEL
0.5BLK Smoother
W/S-M Emergency Switch
0.5
BLK/
YEL
18 B-51
Gear Transmission
Position ECONO 1st
warning IPC
Indicator lamp START lamp
lamp
1 8 7 6 B-53
0.5
YEL
1 X-32
Diode
0.3 0.3 0.3 B-1
PNK GRN/ YEL/
ORN GRN
2 X-32
0.5
YEL/
RED
Selector Lever
14 11 12 B-425
Gear position
Transmission ECONO
display control
warning lamp lamp
control control TCM
N7A2141E
Resistor 1
2 1 B-387
0.5 0.5
BLU/
BLU WHT
3 0.5
1 BLU/WHT B-427 CAN
J/C-F
2 high
2
TCM
6
4 CAN
J/C-F
0.5 BLU 3 low
5
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
7 8 H-8
Without ABS
0.5 0.5
BLU/
BLU WHT
0.5 0.5
BLU/WHT H-15 BLU/WHT J-177 CAN
5 14 high
CAN
0.5 BLU 10 0.5 BLU 15 low
0.5 0.5
BLU/ BLU EHCU
WHT 0.5 0.5
BLU/WHT BLU/WHT CAN
high
9 26
CAN
0.5 BLU 14 0.5 BLU 27 low
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
0.5
BLU/WHT J-191 CAN
18 high
ECM
CAN
0.5 BLU 37 low
0.5
0.5 BLU/
BLU WHT
5 6 H-8
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
3 0.5
2 BLU/WHT
J/C-R
1
DRM
6
5
J/C-R
0.5 BLU
4
0.5 0.5
BLU BLU/
WHT
2 1 B-431
Resistor 2
N6A6641E
Connector list
No. Connector Face
No. Connector Face
l
B-86
B-1 1 2
3 4
004-001
000-001
B-86 2 1
B-7 4 3
004-002
000-018
B-105
B-51
006-021
020-004
1
B-106
B-53 2
3
003-014
012-009
B-387
B-66
1 2
002-038
002-031
B-387
B-67 2
4
1
3
002-039
004-002
B-417
B-67 1 2
1 2
3 4
3 4
004-001
004-001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B-425
B-79
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
031-001
016-005
B-426 H-4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20
024-001 020-002
B-427 H-10
1 2 3
017-001 003-009
B-428 H-10
3 2 1
022-006 003-010
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B-431 H-12
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
002-038 022-002
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B-431 H-12
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
002-039 022-001
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
H-3 4 5 6 H-15 5 6
10 11 12 13 14
7 8 9
15 16
006-014 016-003
4 3 2 1
9 8 7 6 5
H-3 3 2 1
H-15 14 13 12 11 10
6 5 4
16 15
006-015 016-004
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
H-4 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
H-17 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
020-003 008-007
4 3 2 1
H-17 8 7 6 5
J-27
008-008 000-009
H-118 1 2 3 4 J-50
5 6 7 8
008-003 002-035
H-118 J-139
008-018 002-040
1 2 3 4
H-119 5 6 7 8 J-142 1 2 3
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
016-001 003-005
4 3 2 1
H-119 8 7
12 11 10
6 5
9
J-177
16 15 14 13
016-002 034-001
H-xx 1 J-191
001-002
J-9 J-223 1 2 3
000-001 003-005
J-26 J-232
000-002 002-040
J-234 1 2
P-3
002-003 000-006
J-235 1 2
P-4
002-003 000-004
J-236 P-5
002-042 000-002
J-237 P-6
004-020 000-002
X-5,
L-2 14, 18,
1 2 3 26
003-009 005-006
X-19,
1
L-2 2 3
3 2 1 21
4 5
003-010 005-003
P-1 X-32 1 2 3 4
000-004 004-004
P-2 X-33 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
000-006 014-002
N-2
001-020
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
N-7 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
001-020 H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N-17 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 N8A5489E
008-005
Electronic Control Type PTO
General Description
This circuit consists of starter switch, PTO switch (for
N-18 1 2 3
dump vehicle, it shares with dump control switch), relay,
4 5 6 diodes, solenoid and control unit.
Electronic control type PTO is installed on the left side of
006-007
transmission.
PTO's gears are engaged at any time. There is a sleeve
installed on the output shift, and the sleeve is shifted by
the solenoid through the shift rods(s) and shift arm(s).
N-19 1 2 3 4
This causes turning the power on or off.
5 6 7 8 9 10
010-003
H-5
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14 13
19 20 21 22 23 24 24 23 22 21 20 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 30 29 28 27 26 25
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31
N8A5488E
X-12 HEATER & A/C RELAY
B-84 PTO SW
Parts Location
X-32, X-34 DIODE

B-67 STARTER SW
FUSE BOX ASM
F-16 FUSE
J-125 PTO SOLENOID
J-126 PTO SOLENOID SW
J-123, J-124 PTO CONTROL UNIT

F-29~F-31 FUSE P-1
X-14 PTO MAIN RELAY
X-15 PTO SOLENOID RELAY
X-16 PTO CUT RELAY P-2
P-3
BATTERY
B-7 P-4
P-5
J-9
RELAY BOX ASM
B-274
H6~H8 FL-1, FL-2
FUSIBLE LINK
B-51
B-89 CLUTCH SW PTO INDICATOR LAMP (METER)
N8A0526E
8-387
Circuit Diagram
STARTER SW
FL-2 40A
ACC
KEY
1 3.0W/L 2 B
H-7 B-67 ON 3
B-67
2 0.5W/B ST 4 3.0B/Y
H-6 B-67
FL-1 3.0
CHARGE 3.0 B/Y F-30 10A
100A/120A RELAY W/B 3.0B/Y PTO
2.0
MAIN
L 3.0
B/Y 0.5
B/W
2 1
X-12 X-12 F-16 F-29 1 3
HEATER 10A 20A X-34 X-34
& A/C METER PTO
P-1 RELAY
P-2
DIODE
X-12 X-12
4 5 X-34
F-31 10A 2
P-3 0.85L
0.5 0.5
P-4 3.0L PTO L L/R
1 PTO CUT 3
RELAY
0.5 X-16 X-16
P-5 B/Y
FRAME 8
B-51
METER
PTO X-16 X-16 X-16
4 2 5
B-51 0.5
5 R/Y
2 1
H-8
B-89
0.5 CLUTCH
V/W SWITCH
1.25 0.5
W/L R/Y 0.3
B-89 W
J-126
4
1
PTO SOL. 0.85 2 1
SWITCH X-32 X-32
G/O
2 5 DIODE
2 X-15 X-15
J-126 PTO SOL
M/T RELAY
0.5B X-15 X-15

1 3
3 4
0.85W/G 1 2 X-32 X-32
X-14 X-14
0.5 0.85 1 0.5
Y DIODE
B B H-8
5 3 0.3
1 2 X-14 X-14 W
0.5Y 0.5Y
J-123 J-123
4
PTO MAIN
CONT UNIT B-84
RELAY
PTO PTO
SWITCH
J-124 J-124 J-124

4 3 5
B-84
0.85 0.85 0.85 0.3 1
B Y P B
2 1 3
J-125 J-125 J-125
0.3
B
J-9 B-274 B-7

PTO SOL.
FRAME FRAME H/L BRACKET
N8A0516E
No. Connector Face
J-123
2 1
B-7
002-012
000-018
J-123
1 2
B-51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
002-011
014-001
J-126
2 1
B-67 2 1
4 3 002-012
004-002
J-126
1 2
B-67
1 2
002-011
3 4
004-001
1
X-12 2 3 4
5
B-84 1 2 3
4 5 6 005-001
006-001
X-14
B-89
1 2
005-006
3 4
004-001
X-15
B-274
005-006
000-001
X-16
J-9
005-006
000-001
No. Connector Face
X-32
1 2 3 4
004-004
X-34
1 2 3 4
004-004
H-6, H-7, H-8
1 2 H-6 2 1
1 2 H-7 2 1
1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5
9 10 11 12 13 13 12 11 10 9
H-8
14 15 16 17 18 18 17 16 15 14
N8A5489E

Sec8 LHD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sec8 LHD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CAB AND CHASSIS ELECTRICAL 8-1

CAB AND CHASSIS ELECTRICAL

Notes for Working on Electrical Items N8A0002E

Battery Cable Connector Handling

Never pull on the wires to separate the connectors. Connector Inspection

Waterproof Connector Inspection

Use a grommet or guard tube to protect the wiring har-

The wiring harness between engine and chassis should

• Open the crimping tool to its full width and rest

Symbol Meaning of Symbol

Symbol Meaning of Symbol Symbol Meaning of Symbol

Coil (inductor), solenoid,

Circuit breaker Connector

Bulb Light emitting diode

Double filament bulb Reed switch

Variable register Rheo-

Symbol Meaning of Symbol

Vacuum switching valve

Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning of Abbreviation

Abbreviations are used to indicate wire color within a cir-

Wire Color Coding

Color-Coding Meaning Color-Coding Meaning

Distinction of Circuit by Wire Base Color

Base color Circuits Base color Circuits

Wire Size Table

Cross sectional area Outside diameter Allowable current AWG size

Fuse, Fusible Link and Circuit Breaker

Fusible Link Specifications

Type Rating Case Color Maximum Circuit Current (A)

Circuit Breaker Relay

Name/ Rated voltage/ Name/ Rated voltage/

Name/ Rated voltage/

THERE SHOULD BE CONTINUITY IN

Maximum Rating (Temp. = 25°C)

Items Rating Remarks

The applicable terminal number is shown for each con-

The symbol illustrated in the figure is used as connector,

Connector terminal numbers are clearly shown.

No. Connector Face No. Connector Face

MAIN DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

License plate light Stoplight/

Headlight Turn signal light

Light Name Rated Power No. of Bulb Lens Color Remarks

Rear Stoplight / Taillight 21 W / 5 W 2 Red 12 V, 24 V

Fuse( F-25 - F-28 )

Fuse( F-29 - F-31 ) Relay box No. 2

Fuse Label-for 12 Volt (4JB1) 10 A

10 A Fuse Label-for 12 Volt (4JH1)

For 12 Volt (4JB1) 60 A

60 A For 24 Volt (4HK1)

For 24 Volt (4HF1 / 4HG1 / 4HE1)

FL-25 INDICATION ON LABEL

CONDENSER FAN F-15 15A

FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

FL-25 INDICATION ON LABEL

FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

FL-25 INDICATION ON LABEL

CONDENSER FAN F-15 15A

FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18

CONDENSER FAN F-15 15A

FL-3 GLOW PLUG F-18 15A

NEUTRAL SWITCH N8A0510E

Fuse No. Capacity Indication on label Main parts (Load)